IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 ^ 
 
 {./ 
 
 
 y. 
 
 
 % 
 
 ^ 
 
 Q?, 
 
 m. 
 
 V, 
 
 1.0 
 
 ''• m 12.2 
 
 2,0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 1 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 /i 
 
 ^■ 
 
 /y 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 €^ 
 
 « 
 
 # 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 ^\v 
 
 # 
 
 
 
 6^ 
 
 -fc. 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 1980 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Ncces techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checlted below. 
 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 a 
 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommagde 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou pelliculde 
 
 I j Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 I I Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes gdographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre da couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 I I Coloured plates and/or ilSustrations/ 
 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 RelJd avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shad'^ws or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La reliure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge intdrieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6t6 filmdes. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppl^mentaires; 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-§tre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la methods normale de filmage 
 sont indiquds ci-dessous. 
 
 □ Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 □ Panes damaged/ 
 Pages endommagdes 
 
 I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 D 
 
 Pages restaur^es et/ou pelliculdes 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxe( 
 Pages ddcolordes, tachetdes ou piqu6es 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages ddtachdes 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of prir 
 
 Qualit<^ in6gale de I'impression 
 
 r~7] Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 
 I I Pages detached/ 
 
 j I Showthrough/ 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 I I Includes supplementary material/ 
 
 Comprend du materiel supplementaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 filmdes d nouveau de fa^on d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 y 
 
 10X 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est film^ au taux de reduction indiqud cc-dessous. 
 
 14X 18X 22X 
 
 26X 
 
 30X 
 
 r I I I I I I I I I I 
 
 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
e 
 
 §tails 
 s du 
 modifier 
 r une 
 Image 
 
 )S 
 
 The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 National Library of Canada 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on ear!i microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "f^ND"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grdce & la 
 g6n6rositd de: 
 
 Bibliothdque nationale du Canada 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettetd de l'exemplaire film6, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimde sont film^s en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemphires 
 originaux sont filmds en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbole — •► signifie "A SUIVRE", le 
 symbole V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be rii.-.ed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 begin'iiing in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 filmds d des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour §tre 
 reproduit en un seul clich6, il est filmd d partir 
 de Tangle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la m^thode. 
 
 errata 
 to 
 
 I pelure, 
 3n d 
 
 D 
 
 32X 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
BWH ^WWHJ'"'!?' "fmi' '■«»Bir"»v"l«'»: 
 
'SSBS'ffSStli 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
The whole of this work, 
 paper, printing, and bind- 
 ing, is British production. 
 
 Cloth, illustrated, cr, ^vo, is. 
 Edited by P. E. ASTOX. 
 
 THE 
 
 RAID ON THE TRANSVAAL 
 
 BY DR. JAMESON. 
 
 In this book will be found a 
 most interestinj; account not only 
 of the late Raid on the Transvaal 
 by Dr. Jameson, but a!so a very 
 clear description of the circum- 
 stances which led up to that 
 celebrated expedition. 
 
^ilAJOR D. Tyrik. Laino. 
 
THE 
 
 Matap^le Rebellion 
 
 1896 
 
 WITH THE BELINGWE FIELD FORCE 
 
 BY 
 
 MAJOR D. TYRIE LAING 
 
 LONDON 
 
 DEAN & SON, -LIMITED 
 
 160A, FLEET STREET 
 
u 
 
 u 
 
 ^ S/Aj 
 
 
 %Q,^'^^ 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 Introduction 
 
 Chapter I. . 
 
 )» 
 
 II. 
 
 1) 
 
 III. . 
 
 » 
 
 IV. 
 
 >» 
 
 V. . 
 
 >> 
 
 VI. 
 
 >i 
 
 VII. . 
 
 >> 
 
 VIII. 
 
 >) 
 
 IX. . 
 
 )) 
 
 X. 
 
 >> 
 
 XL . 
 
 >» 
 
 XII. 
 
 )> 
 
 XIII. . 
 
 I'AliK 
 
 • 7 
 15 
 
 • 30 
 46 
 
 . 68 
 
 82 
 
 • 97 
 
 . 128 
 
 • 149 
 166 
 
 . 185 
 
 203 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 Chapter XIV. 
 
 II X V . 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 II 
 
 XVI. 
 XVII. 
 XVIII. 
 XIX. 
 XX. 
 XXI. 
 
 . 211 
 
 223 
 
 . 238 
 
 255 
 
 . 268 
 281 
 
 . 300 
 316 
 
PAGE 
 . 211 
 
 223 
 
 . 238 
 
 255 
 . 268 
 
 281 
 
 . 300 
 316 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 "|\ T Y purpose in writin.o; this book is to 
 iVl tlischciro-e a duty I owe to the officers, 
 non-commissioned officers, and men of the 
 Belin<rwe Field Force, lately under my 
 command, by placing- on record their share 
 in the quellincr of the Matabeleland rebellion 
 of 1896. 
 
 Firstly, to the men of Belingwe, who 
 gallantly stuck together, held their position, 
 and the district in practical subjection, untii 
 Mr. Rhodes was enabled to send a force to 
 the relief of the beleaguered garrison and 
 who afterwards marched out, aided to 
 subjugate the rebels, and restore order. 
 Nothing could be more striking and plea- 
 sing a feature to me than the behaviour of 
 the enrolled volunteers, and that of many 
 
INTRODUCriON 
 
 men of different nationalities, amono-st whom 
 I have much pleasure in mentioning Lieu- 
 tenant Malcolm McCallum and Sergeant 
 Douglas, Americans of the very best stamp ; 
 Descalzie, an Italian, and several others, 
 who might have lain under our protection, 
 but preferred to share the duties of their 
 comrades in misfortune. They voluntarily 
 and cheerfully joined in the hardships, which 
 they so nobly helped to lighten. I thank 
 them now for all the assistance they rendered 
 so willingly, and shall ever remember with 
 pride that such good fellows placed them- 
 selves under my command. 
 
 The behaviour of the volunteers, under all 
 circumstances, was worthy of every praise. 
 Their work was hard and trying, rendered 
 all the more difficult by their having to sleep 
 in the new earthworks in a tropical country. 
 Most of them suffered from fever in conse- 
 quence. Still they did their duty without 
 a grumble, and never once questioned the 
 authority of their officers. I appreciated 
 their valuable assistance, and shall ever re- 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 member them with gratitLide and pleasure. 
 Their loyalty made everything so much 
 easier and saved the lives of every one in 
 the Belingwe garrison. Where all did so 
 well, it would indeed be invidious to mention 
 names, but I cannot pass without mentioning 
 Mr. A. J. Wilson, the late Quartermaster of 
 the Belinjrwe i^arrison, as all the fever- 
 stricken men will remember. Before we had 
 a doctor, Mr. Wilson's presence was seldom 
 absent from the hospital, and to him all of us 
 are indebted for many kindnesses. For the 
 others, I can only say I was proud to be one 
 of them. 
 
 Our Cape boy servants, too, behaved 
 splendidly, and as they had all been in the 
 service of white men for years, were a most 
 valuable addition to the garrison. Being, as 
 a rule, good shots, they were armed, and did 
 their duty in turn with the white men, whom 
 they emulated, and assisted in the very best 
 manner. To show that they were to be 
 trusted. I may mention that two of them 
 rode through with despatches from Belingwe 
 
lO 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 to Gwelo, which enabled Mr. Rhodes to send 
 us the much-needed reinforcements. 
 
 Secondly, to Captain Harman Hopper 
 and the twenty brave fellows who volun- 
 teered to follow him from Victoria to march 
 to our assistance, strengthening us by their 
 numbers, as well as brinoinjr with them a 
 much- wanted supply of ammunition and a 
 Maxim gun. Little has been said or heard of 
 Captain Hopper up to the present, but I feel 
 certain that of those who are indebted to him 
 and his companions, the men of Belingwe 
 will always be glad to recall his name and 
 those of the men who followed him. I am 
 also sure that none of the uarrison will ever 
 forget the pang of pleasure and relief that 
 shot through their breasts when Hopper's 
 advance-guard appeared on the crown of the 
 ridL>"e, about a mile east of the Belinij^we 
 fort. 
 
 Lastly, I must pay a tribute to the men 
 who, under orders of Mr. Rhodes, marched 
 from Tuli, under the command of Lieutenant 
 Yoni>e, for the relief of Helin^we. Of this 
 
 ■I 
 
 ■^ 
 ■^ 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 II 
 
 party I desire to make particular mention 
 for the following reasons — namely, that, with 
 the exception of about thirty of them, who 
 belonged to Rhodesia, the remainder had 
 come from all parts of South Africa, with 
 the simple, and, I ma^ say, heroic intention 
 of assisting" their distressed fellow-country- 
 men in Rhodesia. Many of them, to my 
 own certain knowledge, had left lucrative 
 businesses and employments. Some of them 
 had abandoned all they had in different parts 
 of the country to throw in their lot with us, 
 not for what they could gain but simply 
 because they wished to give a helping hand 
 to those in much need of it ; and right nobly 
 and willingly did they perform their self- 
 allotted work. Most of them were sports- 
 men, good riflemen, and good horsemen, 
 imbued with a loyalty and patriotic sense of 
 duty which reduced discipline to pleasure 
 and elevated my command to an honour. 
 
 When the relief of Belingwe was com- 
 pleted and all the different parties fused 
 into one, it formed rvhat might be called a 
 
12 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 truly Imperial force, composed as it was 
 of members from every part of the British 
 Empire — England, Ireland, Scotland, 
 Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Natal, 
 Cape Colony, and India. All had their 
 representatives, even the Free State and 
 Transvaal furnishing a quota ; and I must 
 not forget to mention that Germany, Sweden, 
 Russia, and Italy had representatives in the 
 force. 
 
 Of course, amongst such a mixed assem- 
 blage there were a few who did not quite 
 conform to the necessary rules until these 
 had to be forcibly explained. Three very 
 good men, I am sorry to say, had to be 
 discharged on the march. They mistook 
 insubordination for independence. Yet, 
 when there was so much good in the 
 column, the little leaven of dissatisfied 
 spirits had not the slightest effect, and 
 altogether we got along admirably. 
 
 Their loyalty to the Queen and to the 
 Chartered Company was proved through- 
 out, and although the column has been dis- 
 
 V 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 13 
 
 banded and its deeds are now relegated to 
 the past, I believe that there is one who 
 remembers that there was such a body of 
 men, and to him, the Right Hon. C. J. 
 Rhodes, the Officers, Non - Commissioned 
 Officers, and men of che Belingwe Field 
 Force, I dedicate this work. In doing so 
 I wish to thank them all for conforming to 
 my wishes and orders, and enabling me 
 to be of slight service to the cause of civi- 
 lisation and the expansion of the British 
 Empire. 
 
 As my personality was to a considerable 
 extent affiliated with all the moves of the 
 Belingwe Field Force and garrison, I trust 
 that, under the circumstances, the perhaps 
 too frequent use of the personal pronoun 
 will be excused. 
 
 lis- 
 
iii 
 
 ii 
 
CHAPTER I 
 
 Apprisal of rebellion — Meeting in Belingwe Hotel — 
 Appointment of officers— Construction of defences- 
 Disloyalty of native police — Looting of the "Great 
 Belingwe " camp— Narrow escape of miners— Volun- 
 teers to their rescue. 
 
 THE first intimation we, at Belingwe 
 had of any real danger from a rebellious 
 rising of the natives in Rhodesia was on the 
 morning of the 26th of March, 1896. 
 
 About 7.30 a.m., whilst at breakfast, Mr. 
 A. J. Wilson and myself were surprised by 
 a visit from Mr. S. N. G. Jackson, the 
 Acting Native Commissioner at Belingwe, 
 who appeared rather excited. After having 
 been asked to take a seat, he explained to 
 us that he had just received, by a native 
 police runner, a letter from Mr. Fynn, 
 Acting Native Commissioner at Inseza, 
 which he handed to me. It was as 
 follows : — 
 
 15 
 
i6 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 .i 
 
 if 
 
 '• Sir, — I regret to have to report to you 
 that the whole of the Cunningham family 
 have been brutally murdered, and also 
 Maddocks, manager of the Nelly Reef. 
 Two of his miners got off, severely cut 
 about. These two miners tell us that 
 about thirty natives came up to their camp 
 in a friendly way and sprang upon them 
 with kerries and battleaxes. This happened 
 the night before last, between six and seven. 
 
 " All the Europeans in this part of the 
 district have concentrated here, as things 
 look very serious as regards the natives. 
 All the natives have cleared out of their 
 kraals, probably fearing that the murders 
 having been committed in their district they 
 will be blamed. 
 
 "It is hard to say whether this organi- 
 sation has been general throughout the 
 country, which I fear is the case. We have 
 received no commimication from either 
 Buluwayo or Filabusi yet. 
 
 " I would advise you to see Captain Laing 
 and get all the prospectors to concentrate at 
 
IN 
 
 3rt to you 
 am family 
 and also 
 illy Reef, 
 verely cut 
 
 1 us that 
 iheir camp 
 ipon them 
 
 happened 
 ind seven, 
 •art of the 
 
 as things 
 [6 natives. 
 It of their 
 
 2 murders 
 strict they 
 
 lis organi- 
 
 ghout the 
 
 We have 
 
 om either 
 
 itain Laing 
 
 centrate at 
 
i 1 
 
APPRISAL OF REBELLION 
 
 17 
 
 the Belin^we Store, until we can c^et further 
 news. We expect some one over this 
 morning from town. 
 
 " One of the murderers was shot by the 
 police I sent after them. They came across 
 five of them, all with guns, and that these 
 men were Maholes I cannot believe. That 
 the gang were composed of Matabeles — I 
 should rather think they were Matabeles. 
 *' Coach has not arrived yet. 
 " I have the honour to be, 
 
 " Yours obediently, 
 /'(Signed) H. P. Fvnn, A.N.C." 
 
 After discussing the situation for a few 
 minutes it was decided to send out informa- 
 tion to all the outlying camps, as soon and 
 as quietly as possible — Jackson sending out 
 his two mounted white police and several 
 native police, and I despatching my engineer, 
 Edwin Vallentine, who happened to be at 
 hand at the moment, on one of the company's 
 best horses, to call in all the miners working 
 for the company, and all others on his route 
 
r ■ 
 
 18 
 
 THE MATAHELE REBELLION 
 
 to cind from the different camps. His instruc- 
 tions were to ride as hard as possible, see 
 the men at the various camps, tell them to 
 take their bandoliers and rifles, j^o to the 
 different works and order the natives em- 
 ployed to put all provisions and lii^ht stuff 
 into the company's wagons, all the heavy 
 and less damageable material down the 
 shafts, bring the ropes away, inspan the 
 wagons, and get back to headquarters camp 
 as quickly as possible, fetching as many 
 natives as they could with them, but under 
 strict surveillance. 
 
 I strongly advised Mr. Jackson to disarm 
 his native police at once, but he had great faith 
 in their loyalty and demurred ; and as I was 
 not then quite sure of the position, I did not 
 think it advisable to interfere with one of the 
 Chartered Company's officials — especially 
 when he was doing his very best to assist — 
 although at the time I felt certain that the 
 native police would be on the side of any 
 rebellion in Matabeleland. I, however, came 
 to the conclusion to leave Mr. Jackson to 
 
N 
 
 SIR FREDERICK ERANKLAND 
 
 »9 
 
 IS instriic- 
 sible, see 
 I them to 
 o to the 
 ives em- 
 ii^ht stuff 
 le heavy 
 [own the 
 span the 
 ters camp 
 as many 
 but under 
 
 to disarm 
 jreat faith 
 
 as I was 
 I did not 
 )ne of the 
 especially 
 J assist — 
 
 that the 
 
 e of any 
 ver, came 
 
 ckson to 
 
 carry out his own ideas for the time bein<^, 
 but made up my mintl to watch the police 
 under him very closely. 
 
 As soon as the messengers were sent off 
 I went up t(-) the camp of Sir I'Vederick 
 Frankland, Assistant Mining" Commissioner 
 of Buluwayo, which was (jnly about a hun- 
 dred yards from my house. Wilson went 
 over to the general store to warn the men 
 there and ir<-'t the ammunition and rilles in 
 readiness. Sir Frederick had only arrived 
 in BelinL>we, from Inseza, two days before 
 the outbreak, accompanied by his assistant, 
 W. C. Beaty-Pownall, and were enga^^ed 
 in inspecting the different mining properties 
 in the Belingwe district for the Chartered 
 Company. They were just about to saddle 
 up and go out for the day when I got to 
 their camp. I could see at once that they 
 had not heard (jf the native rising. I told 
 them what I had heard and had already 
 done. Sir Frederick was very much upset 
 when he learnt of the fate of the Cunninu- 
 ham family. He had been a guest at thc'r 
 
20 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 if 
 
 house only a few days previously, and had 
 been all over the Inseza district, where most 
 of the murders had been committed, and 
 knew nearly all the people there. He and 
 Pownall at once decided to throw in their 
 lot with the Belingwe men, and volunteered 
 their assistance on the spot. 
 
 The disarming of the native police was 
 then discussed, and Sir Frederick coincided 
 with my opinion. We then rode over to 
 the police camp, unarmed, so as not to 
 cause any suspicion. Mr. Jackson had gone 
 off, leaving Mr. W. R. Wilson, his assistant, 
 in charge. W^e told Mr. Wilson we were 
 in favour of having the native police dis- 
 armed, and he thought it was advisable, 
 but would not do anything in^ the absence 
 of his chief We then decided to leave 
 matters as they were for the time being, 
 and proceeded to the general store, which 
 was about a thousand yards from the police 
 camp. Here we found all my compan\''s 
 employees busy getting their rifles and 
 ammunition readv for the men coming" in 
 
MR. MALCOLM McCALHL\r 
 
 21 
 
 and had 
 ere most 
 ted, and 
 He and 
 in their 
 lunteered 
 
 jlice was 
 coincided 
 over to 
 s not to 
 had gone 
 assistant, 
 we were 
 oUce dis- 
 idvisat^o, 
 absence 
 to leave 
 e beini;'. 
 e, which 
 le police 
 ompan)''s 
 Hes and 
 
 )mnig ni 
 
 from the outlying camps. Sites were then 
 selected on which to erect two small 
 redoubts, to protect the store and cover 
 the defenders. 
 
 About 1 1 a.m. Mr. Malcolm McCallum, 
 manager for the *' Buluwayo Syndicate," 
 rode up to the store to see me. He said, 
 " I have had notice from the police, and 
 have put my men on their guard, and have 
 come to see you and find out what is to 
 be clone." The situation was explained to 
 him, and he departed at once, to bring in 
 his men and supplies. 
 
 Shortly after midda\' my company's 
 wagon, with the miners from "The Bob's 
 Luck " and "Wanderers' Rest' and a Mrs. 
 M'tchell, came into camp. Mr. Mitchell, 
 who was in charge of " Bob's Luck," re- 
 ported that he had tried to carry out the 
 instructions sent, and had succeeded in 
 getting most of the mining plant under 
 cover before the natives deserted. This 
 they did at the very first opportunity, dis- 
 appearing in the bush in every direction. 
 
22 
 
 THE MATABELR REIiRLIJON 
 
 \ ' 
 
 James Low, who was in charge of the 
 "Wanderers' Rest," reported that the natives 
 worked well and i^'ot all the mining'' material 
 down a deep shaft, but when carry ini;' the 
 food stuff to a spot where the wai^on had 
 to pick it up, they waited a favourable 
 opportunity, destroyed most of it, and dis- 
 appeared in the bush. The above reports 
 left no doubt in niy mind as to the serious- 
 ness of our position. It appeared very 
 plain that all the natives had an idea of 
 what was ^'oin^' to happen. 
 
 Towards evening" Harrv Posselt, W. 
 Lynch, and C. F. W. Nauhaus, farmers, 
 who lived close to the Doro Mountains, 
 about twelve miles away, came into camp 
 and reported that fifty-six of their trek oxen 
 had been looted during- the previous nii^ht. 
 
 At 8 p.m. a meeting' was held in the 
 Helinowe Hotel, at which there were thirtv- 
 three present. This number was about ten 
 men short of what we had estimated to be 
 in the tlistrict at the time. Five of these 
 we knew were at the " Sabie," twenty-five 
 
MEETING AT BELINGWE HOTEL 
 
 23 
 
 \ of the 
 e natives 
 ■ material 
 yini;- the 
 io()n had 
 ivourable 
 and dis- 
 e reports 
 e serioLis- 
 Lred very 
 1 idea of 
 
 sselt. W. 
 f<irmers. 
 lountains, 
 nto camp 
 trek oxen 
 s nioht. 
 d in the 
 ere thirty- 
 aboLit ten 
 ted to be 
 \ of these 
 wentv-five 
 
 miles distant, and could not possibly be in 
 for another day. Two others were at a 
 camp about three miles away, who pooh- 
 poohed the idea of a native rising- ; the 
 remainder we expected were on their way 
 in. Some of the men present had walked in 
 eighteen miles, and it was very irratifying' to 
 notice the readiness with which most of the 
 men in the district had grasped the situation 
 and come in at once, to oive all the assistance 
 they could. The meeting" appointed me their 
 chairman. I read Mr. Fynn's letter and 
 explained all that had been done and what 
 had actually happened during the day as far 
 as my knowledge went. 
 
 As the commanding officer of the x'olun- 
 teers in the district addressing them, 1 said 
 that I would at once place them on an active 
 service footing. With regard to the burt>hers, 
 it was explained to the meeting that they 
 had been asked to concentrate solely for the 
 purpose of protecting life and property, and 
 that the camp, as far as they were concerned, 
 was purely a voluntary one. I asked them 
 
24 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 to do what they thou^^ht best, under the 
 circumstances, and to co-operate with the 
 volunteers, for the mutual defence of all. 
 They unanimously agreed tcj place them- 
 selves under my command, and elected Sir 
 Frederick Frankland to be their lieutenant 
 and second in command. 
 
 A portion of the white men were then 
 detailed to superintend the erection of the 
 redoubts by about seventy natives, who had 
 been brought into camp. The natives 
 worked with a will when they were told 
 the white men knew all about the rebellion, 
 and that if any of them attenipted to escape 
 until the works were completed, they would 
 be fired on. They were also informed they 
 would be at liberty to \fp or stay with us as 
 soon as the works were finished. The moon 
 was just about two dnvs from beino- full, 
 and served us beautifully, and it was a 
 stirrini^ sight to see the natives hard at 
 work, under the white guards, who, on this 
 occasion, had a trying duty to perform, 
 namely, to keep a look-out for a possible 
 
IV 
 
 THE REDOUI^TS 
 
 25 
 
 nder the 
 with the 
 :e of all. 
 ce them- 
 ected Sir 
 lieutenant 
 
 ere then 
 )n of the 
 who had 
 : natives 
 vere told 
 rebellion, 
 to escape 
 ley would 
 •nied they 
 vlth us as 
 rhe moon 
 )eino' full, 
 it was a 
 
 hard at 
 3, on this 
 
 perform, 
 1 possible 
 
 enemy in front and treachery from the enemy 
 employed within. By the time the moon 
 went down, about 3 a.m. the following morn- 
 incf, the redoubts were so far advanced as 
 to offer ofood cover for the defenders. The 
 work was then stopped, the natives marched 
 into the store paddock, and sentries were 
 placed over them. A guard was mounted 
 and sentries put on wherever it was con- 
 sidered the best positions were. The 
 remainder of the white nien laid down close 
 to the earthworks, with their arms handy, 
 and patrols were sent round the cattle kraals 
 at in^^^ervals ; but nothing of any importance 
 happened. Thus, through the timely warn- 
 ing sent from Inseza by Mr. Fynn, most 
 of the men in Belinofwe were banded together 
 and in a position to protect thamselv^es and 
 public property in less than twenty-four 
 hours from the time the warnino- was 
 received. 
 
 The Acting" Native Commissioner and his 
 assistant slept at their own camp, about a 
 thousand yards from the position we had 
 
r^ 
 
 26 
 
 THE MATABELR REBELLION 
 
 fortified. When niornino- Cciine they found 
 the native poHce had built a bush scherm 
 between their own quarters and those of 
 their officers. This rather damped Mr. 
 Jackson's belief in their loyalty. He came 
 in and reported the matter, and then he and 
 his assistant joined the other white men in 
 i^arrlson. The police were brought down 
 and placed under cover of one of the forts, 
 about a hundred yards away, but as 
 several of them had faithfully carried the 
 despatches entrusted to them, and had been 
 the means of advising many of the white 
 men, it was very difficult to decide what 
 to do with them. They protested that they 
 were not a party to the rebellion, and that 
 they wanted to be faithful to the white men. 
 They were strictly watched, but allowed to 
 keep their arms. 
 
 All hands were kept busy during the 
 27th. putting the finishing touches to the 
 forts and covering their approaches with a 
 strong abattis made of the large h(Jok 
 thorn and other trees. 
 
 i 
 
srOD DART'S CAMP 
 
 27 
 
 y found 
 
 scherm 
 
 hose of 
 
 ed Mr. 
 
 le came 
 
 he and 
 
 men in 
 
 t down 
 
 le forts, 
 
 but as 
 
 ied the 
 
 ad been 
 
 2 white 
 
 e what 
 
 at they 
 
 id that 
 
 te men. 
 
 wed to 
 
 no- 
 
 Towards the eveninijf W. Sheldrake came 
 into camp just as the men were beino- told 
 off to their posts for the nio-ht. He re- 
 ported that Stoddart's camp at the "Great 
 I)('lini>vv(' " mine had been looted bv the 
 rebels, and nineteen trek oxen were missing". 
 He had had to run the gauntlet of the 
 rebels' fire as he was on his way to the 
 fort. Heri^qvist, his comrade, had i^one to 
 look after the missino- cattle. I felt very 
 much annoyed with these men for not 
 taking- the timely advice sent to them, and 
 acting in concert with the others. Had 
 they done so their camp and cattle would 
 have been saved, for they were the hrst 
 men Vallentine saw on his way out. It 
 was pure selfishness that kept them away 
 from the other men, and when it was 
 suggested that a part) should be sent out 
 to try and find Bergqvist. I did not think 
 it was proper that any lives should be 
 risked for him, seeing that he had had 
 the best chances of any at first ; and it 
 was only when a party of volunteers came 
 
28 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 \ 
 
 to me on the morning of the 28th and said 
 that they wished to go out and endeavour 
 to find out what had happened to Bergqvist, 
 that I agreed to let them go. I admired 
 the sentiment that prompted the volunteers 
 to go in quest of their comrade. The 
 following men were allowed to depart, 
 namely, W. R. Wilson, H. Posselt, Cor- 
 poral Daniell, Corporal Le Vierge, H. 
 Paulsen, and C. Paulsen. They were 
 mounted on the best horses we had in 
 the camp, and left about 6.30 a.m. They 
 had not gone half an hour before Bergq- 
 vist came into camp and reported that on 
 the evening of the previous day he had 
 followed up the spoor of the missing cattle 
 and come up with them before sundown. 
 They were then being driven to the south- 
 west by a large party of armed natives, 
 who laughed at his vain endeavours to 
 drive his cattle back, evidently enjoying 
 his discomfiture. Although they were all 
 armed, they did not attempt to hurt him, 
 only driving the cattle along a little faster 
 
THE PA TROL 
 
 29 
 
 and jeering at him when he gave up his 
 efforts to recover his oxen. The patrol 
 returned about i p.m., and reported that 
 all the provisions at Stoddart's camp were 
 destroyed and scattered over the veldt. 
 
30 
 
 THE MATAHELE REBELLION 
 
 CHAPTER II 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 
 Contiiuuitiou of dctL-iicc works — Truachcry niid desertion 
 of iKilive police — Settinjf of dynamite mines — 
 Troopers I'osscit and Lynch volunteer to ride to 
 lUiluwayo with despatches — Are lired upon and 
 compelled to return — Meeting in hotel as to ad- 
 visability of shifting camp to Victoria — Departure 
 of Troopers Lyle and Luckhurst to Victoria foi' 
 ammunition and with despatches — Arrival of several 
 men from outlying districts — Muster roll of garrison 
 as on the 3rd of April, x'^vp. 
 
 THE defence works at the store were 
 still being carried on and improved, 
 and the men told off into two divisions^ 
 No. I division for No. i fort and No. 2 
 division for No. 2 fort. A <^uard was 
 mounted at sunset, and six sentries posted 
 round the laager. The native police were 
 posted and had charge of the cattle, four 
 hundred of which were kraaled about a 
 hundred yards northwards from the laager. 
 They also had a few sentries posted out- 
 side the white sentries. 
 
THE NATIVE SENTRIES 31 
 
 This brings us to the evenincr of the 
 28th. Shortly after sundown two shots 
 were fired by the police sentries. The 
 white sentries at once retired on their 
 forts, according to orders, and the forts 
 were manned. Mr. Jackson and Mr. 
 Wilson went immediately to find out what 
 the native sentries had fired at. The sen- 
 tries said they saw several Kaffirs moving 
 about in front of their posts, and that they 
 hred on them. Shortly afterwards the 
 Native Commissioner and his assistant 
 again went out to the cattle posts, and 
 returned to report that all the native 
 police, with the exception of three, had 
 deserted, taking with them twenty rifies 
 and ten rounds of ammunition per man. 
 Not long after this several signals were 
 heard by the white sentries near the cattle 
 kraal. I then took out a patrol of eight 
 white men, in skirmishing order, and got 
 past the catde kraal without finding any- 
 thing in the shape of a nigger. The 
 inside of the kraal was examined and 
 
32 
 
 THE MATAIiELE RE HELLION 
 
 \\ 
 
 tw(j natives were found hiding. They said 
 they were hidinj^' from the police, and, on 
 bein<4" identified as herds, were allowed to 
 join the other natives in the compound. 
 I was under the impression that they were 
 placed inside the kraal for the purpose of 
 driving out the oxen when the proper 
 moment came, but as cnir sentrie.:> were 
 too much on the alert, the '^Jine had 
 decided t(j gcj without the cattle hv Li\e 
 time being. 
 
 The three native police who remained 
 were disarmed, but they could, or would, give 
 no information. Two days afterwards they 
 were allowed to go out to bring in some 
 mules from Posselt's farm, but, needless to 
 say, they never returned. 
 
 I am quite sure that many people who 
 may read this will think I was wnjng from 
 the beginning in not having the police 
 arrested and disarmed. At the time I felt 
 convinced I was wrong; but what otherwise 
 could any one have done when everything 
 is considered ? First, a native policeman 
 
o 
 
 ■J 
 C/5 
 
 o 
 
 as 
 
■ ,|pi(|l) jnuj-!f,«i(p,i»|i|,« 
 
 i > 
 
STRENGTHENING DEFENCES 
 
 33 
 
 brought us the warning ; then, after they 
 knew we were on our guard, they took our 
 messages to isolated white men— some of 
 whom were twenty-five miles away from 
 our laager- -and as we had no information 
 from outside, I think it would have been 
 very unfair to have treated them as rebels 
 until they proved themselves such. 
 
 On the 29th we still went on strengthen- 
 ing our defences, the cattle kraal was moved 
 close up to the laager, an abattis put right 
 round the whole place, and several dynamite 
 mines were set, to be fired by electricity 
 Luckily my company had three strong- 
 electric batteries and any amount of wire 
 and connections, which were of great utility 
 under the circumstances. 
 
 This evening H. Posselt and W. Lynch, 
 two of the troopers, who knew the coimtry 
 well, volunteered to try and get through, if 
 possible, to Buluwayo ,ith despatches, in 
 order to let the authorities know we were 
 all right in Belingwe, and to bring back all 
 the information they could in regard to the 
 
T 
 
 34 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 rebellion. They left after dark, mounted on 
 tv.o of our best horses, and returned on the 
 morning of the 31st, just as the sun was 
 
 rismg. 
 
 They reported that they got as far as 
 the Inseza, which is about fifty miles west 
 of Belingwe, on the road to Buluwayo, and 
 found that place deserted by all white men. 
 
 A small laager had been formed at 
 Cummlngs' store, which had evidently been 
 attacked. There were several dead bodies 
 of natives lying about, but none of white 
 men. The brick walls of one of the houses 
 bore bullet-marks in many places. About 
 three miles beyond Cummlngs' store they 
 saw the bodies of a Kaffir woman and child, 
 both disembowelled. As they approached 
 the river, at the foot of the western slope 
 of the Inseza hills, they were fired upon 
 from the thick bush by a body of native 
 police, who were evidently stationed to guard 
 the drift. Posselt and Lynch were forced 
 to return. It would have been useless to 
 have gone further, as they would have been 
 
MOUNTED PATROLS 
 
 35 
 
 overpowered. Luckily they got off clear — 
 Posselt only losing his hat. We were all 
 very pleased to see them back, and although 
 they had failed to accomplish their object, 
 we knew it was not their fault. The fact, 
 however, of their not being able to get 
 through made us think more seriously of 
 the position we were in, and very anxious 
 to know what was happening in other parts 
 of the province. 
 
 Every morning and evening mounted 
 patrols were sent out in different directions 
 to watch the approacnes, and patrols of Cape 
 boys were sent up and down the river-beds 
 every morning before the cattle were let out 
 
 to graze. 
 
 On the same morning, the 31st, the 
 mounted patrol caught a native hiding in 
 the bush, about three miles from the fort, 
 and brought him into camp. On being 
 questioned, he said — 
 
 " I am one of the cattle herds, who ran 
 away with the police from Belingwe. The 
 police ran away because the Maholes had 
 
36 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 raided Bergqvist's cattle. They went to 
 Um'Nyati's. The police wanted me to go 
 further with them, but I refused, and said I 
 wished to return to my master, the Native 
 Commissioner. At Um'Nyati's I heard that 
 all the white men in Buluwayo were to be 
 killed and also those at Inseza. I heard 
 that the Impi was to kill all in Buluwayo 
 first, and then come down this way and kill 
 all here, and then on to Victoria. I also 
 heard that ten white men had been killed 
 at Inseza and that the others were in 
 laager. I left here with four of us herd- 
 boys and five police. I do not know who 
 is supposed to be heading the rebellion. 
 Um'Nyati's people are at their kraal. They 
 are not armed. I ran away from the police 
 in the f'\ytime." 
 
 The information got from this bry proved 
 how very serious matters were, and did not 
 tend to make the men in the little garrison 
 of Belingwe feel any more comfortable than 
 they were before the lad arrived. In fact 
 this information had quite the opposite 
 
A GENERAL MEETING 
 
 37 
 
 effect, and it was not long before I heard 
 rumours that several of the more nervous 
 men in laager had been discussing the 
 advisability of moving the camp to Victoria. 
 I called a general meeting in the store, 
 and explained to those present that I con- 
 sidered the position we held a very strong 
 and safe one, and that it was the intention 
 to continue strengthening it every day, and 
 in doing so I would be glad to receive any 
 suggestions from any one that might tend 
 to that end. 
 
 With regard to the suggestion to move 
 camp to Victoria, I said I was very sorry to 
 think that there was any one present who 
 had so little faith in himself or his comrades 
 as to insult them by insinuating that they 
 were not able to hold the position against 
 anything in the shape of an Impi of savages, 
 and that I was really surprised to learn that 
 any of the men were becoming alarmed ; 
 that it appeared to me quite evident that 
 the man who would advise the desertino- of 
 Belingwe did not know the difficulties that 
 
38 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELUON 
 
 i ' 
 
 1^ 
 
 lay before him on the way to Victoria. I 
 further pointed out that we were strongly 
 fortified, in a good position, with plenty of 
 water and provisions to last at least three 
 or four months. I also stated plainly that 
 if any man, or section of men, thought it 
 best to move, he, or they, were at perfect 
 liberty to do so, but once away from the 
 range of our forts they would have to look 
 after themselves, and that so far as the 
 volunteers and myself were concerned, we 
 would stay where we were, or if we were 
 forced to vacate we would take the road 
 for Buluwayo, because it was much more 
 easy to travel on than the one to 
 Victoria. 
 
 I also had the pleasure of informing the 
 meeting that two of their number, who knew 
 the different ways to Victoria, had volun- 
 teered to try and get through, and bring 
 about three thousand rounds of amniunition 
 — the only thing we wanted to make our 
 position absolutely secure. 
 
 The men were invited to speak their 
 
NEW AERIVALS 
 
 39 
 
 minds freely and openly, and after consider- 
 able deliberation all agreed to remain where 
 they were. 
 
 F. Luckhurst and W. Lyle, the two men 
 who had volunteered to ride to Victoria for 
 ammunition, left after dark on two good 
 horses. 
 
 Just as the meeting ended, the signalman 
 reported several white men coming in from 
 the north. They were in the thick bush and 
 evidently scouting the store. As soon as 
 they saw white men moving about they 
 came straight up, and we were very glad 
 to welcome John, James, and Archie Cook, 
 Walter Laidlaw, and C. C. Pike, from the 
 " Sabie " district. The native policeman 
 had delivered the message to them safely. 
 They had started for the camp the follow- 
 ing morning, coming slowly, and taking by- 
 paths, in case of being surprised. They 
 were all very tired and glad to get into 
 camp. 
 
 On the ist of April I had all the dynamite 
 removed from the magazine, close to the 
 
40 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 Store, and put down a shaft, about one mile 
 away. 
 
 On the 3rd of April, shortly after day- 
 break, the sentry reported the approach of 
 a white man. This proved to be James 
 Stoddart, who had, on learning the serious- 
 ness of the rebellion in Matabeleland, decided 
 to come in from Victcjria, in Mashonaland, 
 to warn his men in the " Sabie " district. 
 His horse broke down before he had got 
 over the first thirty miles, and he had to 
 walk the remaining fifty, doing the greater 
 part of the distance at night. He was 
 surprised when he reached the " Sabie " 
 camps to find them deserted, but, nothing- 
 daunted, came on with the intention of 
 warning lielingwe, not knowing that we had 
 already been advised. When he came in 
 he was very footsore, hungry, and soaking 
 wet, having lain the greater part of the 
 previous night in the bush, on a small rise, 
 about a mile east of our position, watching 
 for any signs as to whether the store was 
 deserted, or inhabited by natives or whites. 
 
.S' rODDA R T'S RE FOR T 
 
 41 
 
 He was very happy indeed when daylii>ht 
 came and he saw the white sentries on 
 their posts and the place in a state ol 
 defence. 
 
 After he had partaken of some refreshment 
 he made the followint^ report : — 
 
 " When I left Fort Victoria there were 
 about one hundred and twenty men, and 
 sixty women and children in laai>er. They 
 had between twenty and thirty horses, and 
 provisions for all, to last about six weeks, 
 and plenty of arms and ammunition. They 
 were still in telegraphic communication with 
 Buluwayo and Salisbury, and had received 
 the followino- inf(3rmation re the rebellion. 
 It was generally supposed that the rising 
 was oeiieral throughout Matabeleland, and 
 that one of Lobeni>ula's sons was at the 
 head of it. The headquarters of the rebels 
 was in the Matopo Mountains. Several 
 small patrols of white men had been sent 
 out from Buluwayo to help in prospectors 
 and others from the outlying districts. The 
 leaders of these patrols were Spreckly, George 
 
42 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 Grey, Gifford, Napier, and Selous. A large 
 patrol of about four hundred men was being 
 raised to go out and strike a decisive blow 
 at the rebels, if possible, and the Chartered 
 Company had ordered reinforcements from 
 the Cape Colony of five hundred men, and 
 Khama had offered his assistance. So far 
 the telegraph wires had not been tampered 
 with. About forty white men had been 
 murdered so far as could be ascertained at 
 present." 
 
 To us, in Belingwe, the information 
 brought by Stoddart was most acceptable, 
 because it showed us that, at all events, 
 our comrades in other parts of the country 
 were organising and defending themselves, 
 and preparing to strike a decisive blow. 
 Stoddart's report was read to a full-muster 
 parade at 8.30 a.m., and he received the 
 thanks of the garrison and three hearty 
 cheers for his gallant endeavour to bring 
 the tidings of danger to Belingwe. He was 
 unanimously elected a Lieutenant, and taken 
 on the strength of the garrison. 
 
 1% 
 
TfJE MUSTER-ROLT. 
 
 43 
 
 On the same parade the minutes of the 
 first meeting were read to those who were 
 not then present, and they were asked to 
 decide whether or not they would join the 
 garrison as effective members and stay 
 under its protection. All agreed to serve, 
 and forthwith joined the ranks. 
 
 The following is the muster-roll of the 
 
 Belingwe garrison as it was on the 3rd of 
 
 April, 1896 : — 
 
 I. 
 2. 
 
 3- 
 
 4- 
 
 5- 
 6. 
 
 7- 
 8. 
 
 9- 
 10. 
 
 II. 
 
 12. 
 
 13- 
 14. 
 
 15- 
 16. 
 
 17' 
 
 Capt. I). TyrieLaing 
 
 Sir Frederick Frankland, Bart. 
 
 I.ieut. James Stoddart 
 
 Sergt. W. Lynch 
 
 „ M. McCallum 
 
 „ A. J. Wilson 
 
 „ W. R. Wilson 
 
 „ S. N. Cr. Jackson 
 
 Corpl. Le Vierge 
 
 Corpl. Daniel! 
 
 Trooper E. Vallentine 
 
 „ J- I^ow 
 
 W. C. Beaty Fownall 
 „ A. I). Cameron 
 
 N. Posselt 
 
 C. Cremer 
 
 R. Douglas 
 
 j> 
 
 )j 
 
 Nationality. 
 
 Scotland 
 
 England 
 
 New Zealand 
 
 Cape Colony 
 
 America 
 
 Scotland 
 
 Natal 
 
 Cape Colony 
 , England 
 , Australia 
 . Scotland 
 . Scotland 
 . England 
 . Scotland 
 . Natal 
 , . Germany 
 .. America 
 
44 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 
 
 Nationality. 
 
 i8. 
 
 Trooper (i. G. Descal/ie 
 
 ... Italy 
 
 19. 
 
 
 , A. IJ. Inverdale 
 
 ... Scotland 
 
 20. 
 
 
 , M. Huband 
 
 England 
 
 21 
 
 
 , P. Levine 
 
 ... Russia 
 
 22 
 
 
 , J. C. Mitchell 
 
 Cape (Jolony 
 
 23 
 
 
 , W.Miller 
 
 ... Scotland 
 
 24 
 
 
 , J. A. McGilvray 
 
 ... Scot'-i'^d 
 
 25 
 
 
 , C. F. W. Nauhaus ... 
 
 ... Natj 
 
 26 
 
 
 , H. Posselt 
 
 ... Natai 
 
 27 
 
 
 , C. H. Paulsen 
 
 Ameri-"! 
 
 28 
 
 
 , H. Paulsen 
 
 . . . America 
 
 29 
 
 
 , F. Luckhurst 
 
 England 
 
 30 
 
 
 , F. H. Snowdon 
 
 England 
 
 31 
 
 
 , S. Roodts 
 
 ... England 
 
 32 
 
 
 , W. K. Warham 
 
 ... England 
 
 33 
 
 
 , W. Sheldrake 
 
 ... England 
 
 34 
 
 
 , J. C. Bushnell 
 
 Cape ("olony 
 
 35 
 
 
 , R. Bergqvist 
 
 Sweden 
 
 36 
 
 
 B. Yorke 
 
 ... Engl Md 
 
 37 
 
 
 , John Cook 
 
 ... Sec 1 
 
 38 
 
 
 , James Cook 
 
 ... Scoii. .1 
 
 39 
 
 
 , Archie Cook 
 
 Scotland 
 
 40 
 
 
 , Walter Laidlaw 
 
 ... Scotland 
 
 41. 
 
 
 , C. C. Pike 
 
 England 
 
 42. 
 
 
 , W. Lyle 
 
 Cape Colony 
 
 43 
 
 Sergt.-Farrier W. J. Clifford ... 
 
 ... Australia 
 
 44. 
 
 Quartermaster F. J. Pope 
 
 England 
 
 An 
 
 d Mrs. J. C. Mitchell, wife of J. C 
 
 . Mitchell, who was 
 
 in 
 
 charge 
 
 of " Bob's Luck " mine. 
 
 
 To be added to the above, we had ten 
 
ten 
 
 THE MUSTER-ROLL 
 
 45 
 
 Cape boys, who were armed and did duty 
 with the white men, and very useful we 
 found them. We had also fifteen Zambesi 
 boys, who were used as ciittle and horse 
 guards by day. 
 
46 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 CHAPTER III 
 
 Capture of a native spy — Construction of automatic signal- 
 gun — Setting of additional dynamite mines — Mount- 
 ing guards and setting of night - watch — Arriv;<l of 
 despatch-bearers trom Buhiwayo — Return of Lyle 
 and Luckhurst from Victoria — Supplies aiKl cattle — 
 Parade of natives. 
 
 ABOUT 8 p.m. on the evening of the 
 3rd Sergeant Lynch brought in a 
 native prisoner, who had been caught inside 
 our outer Hne of defence. I questioned him, 
 and he willingly gave a glowit'ig account 
 of a journey he had just made from Bulu- 
 wayo. He had left there only three days 
 before with a message from W. Slade to 
 his partner West, whom he expected to be 
 in Belingwe, but, if not, he (the prisoner) 
 was to proceed to Gondogue and deliver his 
 message. He professed to be surprised at 
 linding us in laager, and asked the reason 
 why. He said the people in Buluwayo were 
 
 
 \ 
 
SLAVE'S REPORT 
 
 47 
 
 going about as usual, that so were the people 
 at Bembesi, as he came past, and at the 
 Inseza. He had heard there had been soine 
 slight disturbances among the Maholes at 
 Inseza, but that the native police had put 
 a stop to it. The self-confident effrontery 
 with which the prisoner answered all the 
 questions put to him might have put us off 
 our guard had Lieutenant Stoddart's state- 
 ment not been made before, but being in 
 possession of that it was quite easy to dis- 
 cern we had a very bold spy to deal with. 
 After putting a few questions as to Gifford's 
 huht I't Inseza and tellino- him that we knew 
 what had taken place at Bembesi, and that 
 the people in Buluwayo were in laager, he 
 was slightly nonplussed, and went away 
 quite dejected when he found that we did 
 not believe his story and that his visit had 
 proved futile. 
 
 From the time we had formed laager up 
 to the present the general defence works 
 had been continued daily, and the men were 
 drilled twice a day as well. 
 
48 
 
 THE M ATA B RLE REBELLION 
 
 The fact of natives being able to get 
 through the outer fence and come close up 
 to the forts without being noticed suggested 
 the idea of an automatic sentry, in the shape 
 of a signal-gun, which was erected forthwith 
 on the top of the guard-room. It was con- 
 nected with wires to the outer fence, which 
 was divided into seven sections, each with 
 an indicator, which dropped and fired a gun 
 if anything attempted to force an entrance 
 or pull away any of the bushes of which the 
 fence was constructed. In about three days' 
 time this automatic sentry worked so well 
 that it was next to impossible to tamper in 
 the slightest degree with any part of the 
 fence or to get through it without first firing 
 the sional-oun. In fact it worked so well, 
 and we placed so much confidence in it, as 
 to withdraw the seven sentries who were 
 posted, previous to its erection, round the 
 laager inside the outer fence. This proved 
 a great boon to the men, and relieved them 
 from a large amount of night duty, which 
 had been very hard on them before, in 
 
I 
 
/^ 
 
 .'" "=^ «^ 
 
 If 
 
 m 
 
 %> 
 
 Bulawaye 
 
THE NIGHT- WA TCH 
 
 51 
 
 I -1 
 
 consequence of many of their number being 
 down witri fever, caused by hard work 
 during the day and having to sleep in the 
 earthworks at night. 
 
 After this the men in each fort divided 
 the night-watch amongst them, which gene- 
 rally ran to about two hours for each man 
 per night. Three men at a time were on 
 duty, sitting up on the ramparts of the 
 redoubts, facing in different directions, the 
 only outside sentry being one on the river 
 bank, about twenty yards from No. 2 
 redoubt. The automatic sentry was always 
 on the alert, and considered it his duty to 
 turn out the guard, if only to a jackal or 
 wolf, should any of the latter, as they often 
 did, atter pt to come through. 
 
 The defence works had advanced so far 
 now that most of the garrison had thorough 
 confidence in bein^ able to repel any attack 
 the rebels in the district might make on the 
 position. Besides the earthworks and bush 
 fences, twelve dynamite mines had been laid 
 to command positions where an attacking 
 
52 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 force could get cover to concentrate before 
 charging. These mines were attached by 
 overhead wires to each fort, and operated 
 by an electric battery, used for blasting 
 purposes at the mines. We were the happy 
 possessors of three such batteries, strong 
 enough to explode a mine several miles 
 away, and they were so arranged that one 
 mine or all could be fired with one shock, 
 if considered necessary. It gives me great 
 pleasure to mention that the advent of the 
 Cooks' coming into laager was a great piece 
 of good fortune, for not only were they good 
 shots and all-round men generally, but two of 
 them, John and James, were qualified elec- 
 trical engineers. To them the arrangement 
 and setting of the mines was left, and they 
 worked at them every day until in all they 
 had twenty-seven placed round the laager 
 in every available position. The system 
 they adopted was so simple and complete 
 that any of the men could have fired the 
 mines as ordered without explanation. 
 It was considered advisable to mount 
 
 r'-' 
 
MR. DUNCAN'S DESPATCHES 
 
 53 
 
 lappy 
 
 ihey 
 iger 
 Item 
 lete 
 Ithe 
 
 int 
 
 jruard every evenln<i^ about sundown, as 
 was done before the automatic sentry was 
 erected, for the sake of appearance^, in case 
 any of the rebel scouts might have been, 
 about and noticed our change of programme. 
 There was a full parade of the garrison held 
 at the same time, and the men were then 
 marched to their posts and the redoubts 
 manned. As soon as it was dark the night- 
 watch was set and the sentries recalled. 
 
 On the evening of the 4th, when the men 
 were on parade, the sentry on the look-out 
 reported two horsemen approaching on the 
 Buluwayo road. They were coming along 
 very slowly, but gradually increased their 
 speed as they got near to the fort. They 
 proved to be two Cape boys sent on with 
 despatches from Mr. Duncan, the Acting 
 Administrator in Buluwayo. Mr. Duncan's 
 despatch was very short. He trusted we 
 were all right, and requested me to bury 
 all the ammunition the men could not carry 
 and march to Buluwayo as soon as possible. 
 
 The verbal message given to the des- 
 
54 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 patch - riders was most consoling. They 
 had been instructed to try and get to 
 Belingwe, and if possible to try and re- 
 cognise any of the dead white men, and 
 cover them up if they had time and an 
 opportunity. 
 
 The boys were very well treated and 
 petted by the men of the garrison. They 
 got ready and started on their homeward 
 journey at 6 p.m. on the evening of the 
 5th. They had travelled mostly during 
 the night on their way down, and intended 
 doing the same going back. By avoiding 
 the main paths and taking across country, 
 they hoped to be able to get in all right. 
 Every one wished them God-speed as bhey 
 started on their adventurous journey, carry- 
 ing a despatch from m^ to the Acting 
 Administrator at Buluwayo, describing our 
 position and showing the advisability of 
 our remaining in possession of Belingwe. 
 
 The following extracts from the despatch 
 above referred to may not be uninteresting 
 to some readers : — 
 
THE DESPA TCHES 
 
 55 
 
 "We have eighteen men armed with 
 Lee - Metfords and a orood supply of 
 ammunition for same. The rest of the 
 men, with a few exceptions, are armed with 
 Martini- Henrys, the supply of ammunition 
 for which is. at present, limited to thirty 
 rounds per man. We are expecting- the 
 return of the two messengers we sent to 
 Victoria at any moment, but until they 
 return it is, of course, impossible to leave. 
 " I have written to you at this length 
 in order that you may thoroughly see our 
 position and then decide whether you still 
 wish us to march to Buluwayo. I should 
 point out to you that in the event of us 
 marching, in all probability the surrounding 
 tribes will rise, thinking that this is a 
 retreat. It will also be impossible for me 
 to bring the cattle, and their oainincr 
 possession of these would strenothen the 
 position of the rebels, as I hear that 
 Um'Nyati. a neighbouring chief, is at pre- 
 sent supplying arms and cattle to the 
 Matebele. 
 
■'^ 
 
 56 
 
 THE MATAhELE REBELLION 
 
 ii Ih 
 
 1, 
 
 \%\ 
 
 \ 
 
 1 1 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 " In my report which weis sent to Vic- 
 torhi, and which I requested to be for- 
 warded to the Actinjr Commissioner at 
 Salisbury, I pointed out how highly un- 
 desirable I considered it to leave this 
 position. The mere fact of our staying" 
 here (although the smallness of our numbers 
 prevents us from taking the offensive) keeps 
 a large number of natives from joining the 
 main body of the rebels, and the geo- 
 graphical position is such that it would 
 form a o'ood base for the concentration of 
 any troops, from either Victoria or the 
 South, in which case we could give active 
 support to Buluwayo operations, being near 
 to Shamba and Filabusi. The country here 
 is easy to travel, and the majority of the 
 men are intimately acquainted with it. Had 
 I thirty more men here, horsed and fully 
 armed, I could send out patrols and keep 
 this district secure. On the other hand, 
 if the addition of our small force to those 
 already in Buluwayo would be of service, 
 I feel sure that the men under my com- 
 
THE DESPATCHES 
 
 57 
 
 -;if 
 it 
 
 mciiul will cheerfully march In. In the 
 latter case I do not consider it necessary 
 that y(3Li should weaken your own strength 
 by sendini^ any patrol to escort us, as we 
 would travel lij^ht. 
 
 " I am in hopes you have already re- 
 ceived the news of our safety through 
 Victoria, and think it might be advisable 
 for you to cable to England the names of 
 the men here and of their safety. 
 
 " I may also mention that sickness has 
 prevailed in the camp, but am glad to 
 say it is easing off. 
 
 " I must draw your attention to the fact 
 that the value of private property at present 
 in our charge in this laager is close on 
 
 ^10,000. 
 
 " I cannot close this letter without bring- 
 ing under your notice the very able assist- 
 ance I have received from Lieutenant Sir 
 Frederick Frankland, who has from the 
 beginning of my operations co-operated 
 with me most willingly and cheerfully, 
 sparing neither time nor trouble in the 
 
58 
 
 THE MATABELR RRBELUON 
 
 daily work of the camp ; also from Lieu- 
 tenant Stoddart, who since he came into 
 camp has rendered me much valuable 
 assistance from his previous experience of 
 former campaigns. I must also add that 
 all the sertj^eants and corporals work faith- 
 fully and diligently, as well as the whole 
 of the men, who are very loyal, turninj^ 
 out to their parades and drills without a 
 murmur, and thereafter proceeding to the 
 work detailed to them cheerfully." 
 
 The mere fact of our remaining- in laaj'er 
 kept a larL(e body of the rebels watching 
 us, ready to rush for the spoil when we 
 vacated, and equally ready to follow us up 
 and harass us at every available oppor- 
 tunity which might offer itself. We were 
 much better off in Bclingwe than we should 
 have been anywhere on our way to Bulu- 
 wayo ; in fact it would have been madness 
 to have attempted to reach Buluwayo. I 
 don't believe it would have been possible, 
 even if all the men had been fit to m 
 As it was, ten of them were (\'v^"*^ .» 
 
 f 
 
DESPATCH-RfDERS* REPORT 
 
 59 
 
 n Licu- 
 iie into 
 aluable 
 Mice of 
 id that 
 : faith- 
 whole 
 uniintr 
 lout a 
 to the 
 
 laaorer 
 tchiiio- 
 
 Ml we 
 us up 
 )ppor- 
 were 
 hould 
 Bulu- 
 dness 
 o. I 
 sible, 
 
 fever, which would have compelled us to 
 carry them in very slowly. This would 
 have rendered our march all the more 
 difficult, and I feel certain, had we been 
 foolish enouorh to move, not a man would 
 have reached Buluwayo. In any event we 
 could not have (rone until we had news 
 from Lyle and Luckhurst ; but luckily we 
 had not long to wait for them. They 
 turned up about 4.30 p.m. on the after- 
 noon of the 6th, with 3,000 rounds of 
 Martini- Henry ammunition and a despatch 
 from Captain Vizard, who was in command 
 of Victoria. 
 
 The despatch-riders made the following 
 report, namely : That they left the 
 Belingwe laager on the evening of the 
 31st of March, and got about twenty-five 
 miles on their way to Victoria, when one 
 of their horses broke down. They off- 
 saddled for some time and went on again 
 about 2 a.m. the followino- morninor, 
 and walked on to the east bank of the 
 Lundi River, where they halted for a short 
 

 6o 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 t 
 
 time, then walked on again to Goddard's 
 store, and from thence to Meeks, the mis- 
 sionary's, expecting there to get a fresh 
 horse, but as all his horses had been sent 
 away they had to walk the greater part 
 of the way, reaching Victoria on the 2nd 
 of April, where they at once handed their 
 despatches to Captain Vizard. They left 
 Victoria on the 3rd with four horses and 
 3,000 rounds of Martini- Henry ammunition. 
 At sunset on the evening of the 5th they 
 reached the Sand River, and off-saddled 
 their horses to give them a rest till the 
 moon rose. The horses were knee-haltered, 
 and Lyle had just started to gather some 
 firewood, when two lions made for, and 
 scLtttered them. Lyle, as soon as he saw 
 what had haj)pened, made for the horses, 
 and succeeded in catching two of them. 
 These Luckhurst held, whilst Lyle again went 
 after the other two for some distance, but 
 did not get up to them. They had stam- 
 peded on the road back to Victoria. The 
 lions did not s^ive chase but hunti' around 
 
 m 
 
 
A FULL PARADE 
 
 6i 
 
 the spot where the other horses were ; that 
 they cooked some food and coffee, and 
 waited until the moon rose, and then put 
 all the ammunition on to the two re- 
 maining horses and resumed their march 
 on foot, between 2 and 3 a.m., getting to 
 Belingwe about 4.30 the same afternoon. 
 The natives they met on their way were 
 Mashonas, and at that time friendly. 
 
 At 5.30 p.m. a full parade was held, and 
 the despatches which had been forwarded 
 by Captain Vizard, were read to the men. 
 Those from the Administrator contained a 
 brief account of all he knew about the 
 rebellion, its supposed cause, the efforts then 
 being made to put it down, and concluded 
 with congratulations to myself and the gar- 
 rison of Belingwe for holding our own, 
 giving me an entirely free hand to do what, 
 was considered best, either to hold the 
 position or retire on any other one, until the 
 Government were in a position to send 
 us aid. 
 
 When the men were dismissed they 
 
^■^e^OB— Bf= 
 
 62 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 cheered the two despatch-riders heartily, 
 and praised them for the plucky manner 
 in which they managed to get the ammuni- 
 tion through. The men, having now plenty 
 of ammunition, felt more confident than ever 
 of holding their own, and were very anxious 
 to get out and try to have a brush with any 
 straggling parties of the enemy who might 
 be about, but, further than the ordinary 
 patrols, I would not consent to any party 
 going out to loT)k for adventure. We all 
 knew very well that our position was closely 
 watched during the day from a hill called 
 Fondoque, about one and a half miles from 
 our laager. The camp fires of large parties 
 could be seen at night about eight miles 
 to the north of our position, and often 
 the ashes of a small fire were discovered at 
 the back of one of the hills close up to 
 the forts by the morning patrols. This 
 proved that the scouts of the rebels were 
 always on the prowl. My plan was to leave 
 them alone, until they got tired of waiting for 
 us to vacate our position, and I concluded 
 
 hi 
 
 
PREPARA TWNS 63 
 
 that then they would be sure to come and 
 try to rush us out of it. I was very much 
 averse to small parties goincr more than 
 a mile or two from the laager, in case they 
 might get cut off by a large body of the 
 enemy, whose favourite mode of fighting 
 is, if possible, to surround isolated bodies 
 with overpowering numbers and annihilate 
 them. I often had to tell the n^'en, when 
 they came to me for permission to go out, 
 that they had only to wait until the enemy 
 got tired of watching us doing nothing, then 
 they would have plenty to do. We could 
 not afford to lose a man until they made 
 their attack. When that came off we should 
 want all our strength, and that behind the 
 walls of the redoubts and mines, for I fully 
 expected them to attack our position in great 
 strength. 
 
 By this time the defences were as far 
 advanced as was really necessary, and the 
 men had little to do during the day except 
 their inlying picquet, the sentry of which 
 was posted on a platform erected on the 
 
64 
 
 THE MATABELR REBELLION 
 
 top of the laroe Iron store, and a command- 
 ing position, from which a very good view 
 of the surrounding" country was obtainable, 
 especially with the aid of a very good pair 
 of field-glasses, which were commandeered 
 for the purpose from Trooper Snowdon. 
 The only other duties were the ordinary 
 camp fatigues, bringing in wood, &c. The 
 water was pumped up from the river every 
 evening, and three iron tanks, four feet 
 square each, were always kept full. So far 
 as rations were concerned my garrison was 
 very well off. There was an abundant 
 supply of bread stuffs, and we had a large 
 troop of cattle, over four hundred head, to 
 start with, many of them being young 
 Matabele oxen, most of them in good con- 
 dition, and, as good luck would have it, the 
 dreaded rinderpest had not reached them. 
 We had also sixteen horses, twelve of which 
 were in very good condition and up to 
 despatch-riding on an emergency. \Ve had 
 a plentiful supply of mealies for them, with 
 good grazing along the banks of the river, 
 
 c 
 c 
 
nimcincl- 
 (xl view 
 tcii liable, 
 :3od pair 
 mcleercd 
 nowdon. 
 ordinary 
 :c. The 
 ^er every 
 our feet 
 So far 
 -ison was 
 abundant 
 ' a laroe 
 head, to 
 young 
 ood con- 
 vc it, the 
 ;d them, 
 of which 
 d up to 
 We had 
 ■lem, with 
 he river, 
 
 c 
 
 ^- 
 
 c 
 
 r 
 
 ST 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
EXCITEMENT WANTED 
 
 65 
 
 just under cover of the guns. The only 
 thing- the men wanted was work, or some 
 excitement to break the monotony of a 
 garrison life. The despatch from the Ad- 
 ministrator had set our minds at rest as to 
 the ultimate end of the rebellion, and know- 
 ing the worst had happened with the murders 
 at Inseza and other parts, any anxiety we 
 had felt for the security of Buluwayo and 
 other towns was dispelled when we knew 
 that our comrades were organised and hold- 
 ing their own, at least, against the rebels. 
 
 As soon as the heaviest works were 
 completed, principally for the purpose of 
 saving our provisions as much as possible, 
 and to get rid of what would have proved 
 a very dangerous element in our midst in 
 case of an attack, and likewise for the 
 purpose of carrying and explaining a pro- 
 clamation to the neighbouring tribes, it was 
 decided to parade all the natives who had 
 been kept to assist in erecting the fortifica- 
 tions, and explain to them that their services 
 were no longer required, that they were at 
 
 5 
 
^9 
 
 66 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 ''\:\ 
 
 liberty to go home if they wished, or to stay 
 with us if they were afraid to do so. Native 
 Commissioner Jackson and his assistant 
 accordingly paraded the natives, explained 
 the position, and gave them to distinctly 
 understand that they were at full liberty to 
 go or stay, but that those who elected to 
 go, if found about the camp after that night, 
 would be treated as rebels, and that those 
 who elected to stay would have the pro- 
 tection of our laager as long as they deserved 
 it, but if any of them were found attempting 
 to escape, or holding communication with 
 any natives outside, they would be treated 
 as spies. About seventy boys decided to 
 leave at once, and about twenty-five decided 
 to remain. 
 
 Knowing the localities from which most 
 of the boys came, we were in a position to 
 judge of the loyalty, or otherwise, of their 
 kraals, and we came to the conclusion that 
 there were very few loyal natives to the 
 west, south, or north of us. The natives 
 who had decided to go were instructed to 
 
INSTIWCrWNS TO NATIVES 
 
 67 
 
 inform all the people in the districts they 
 pcissed through that if any of them wished 
 to communicate with us, they were to 
 advance along the main roads unarmed, 
 but that if any of them were found in the 
 bush near our position they would be treated 
 as spies and shot, unless they could prove 
 they were there for a purpose friendly to us. 
 
 if>- 
 
68 
 
 THE .)/A TAUELE REBEUJON 
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 
 An ;il;irni— Caittuie of a si\v — Cmirt-niartial and sentence — 
 Desertion of tliree natives — Attacic by Matabele — Kn- 
 jfa^enient and reeoveiv of cattle — Treachery of natives 
 in camp — Trial and sentence on three — Remaining 
 natives expelled from the camp. 
 
 ON the evening" of the 9th, shortly after 
 chirk, the nioht-watch had not been 
 set, and most of the men, except the llyini^ 
 sentries and oiiard. were at their evening 
 meal, when he sentry on the river post 
 challenged rapidly, and then alarmed the 
 forts. Captain Frankland and myself hap- 
 pened to be in our mess-room, quite close to 
 the post. We both rushed out to ascertain 
 what was likely to happen. The sentry re- 
 ported that he had seen several Kaffirs crawl- 
 ino- alono-, under cover of the fence of the 
 cattle kraal, and pointed out the position. 
 By this time every man was at his post and 
 all ready. Mr. Jackson, Captain Frankland, 
 
CAPTURE OF A srV 
 
 69 
 
 antl myself went up to the place indicated, 
 with our revolvers ready, but at first could 
 not see an\thiiio\ The bottom of the fence 
 was under shadow and \'ery dark. By mere 
 chance I ha|)pened to observe something;- 
 move close to my foot, and orderetl it to 
 stand up. It proved to be a Kaflir, whom 
 we at once laid hold of. At the same time 
 several others jumped up and ran off. taking;- 
 good care to run between the men in the 
 forts and ourselves, thereby pre\'entinLi' us 
 from usin^- our hrearms, for fear of shooting- 
 each other. They g'ot under cover of the 
 shadow, and the next thing- we heard of them 
 was from the Cape boy sentry. Hans, chal- 
 lengino- and firing-. Immediatelv afterwards 
 the signal-gim on top of the guard-room 
 went off. 'Jliis was caused by the rimaways 
 breaking- through the outer fence and disturb- 
 ing the signal wires. The alarm was com- 
 plete by this time ; even the sick men were 
 in the forts, with their rifles ready for action. 
 The last we heard of the runaways that 
 night was when they got about five hundred 
 
70 
 
 THE MATAIiELE REBELLION 
 
 yards away. They then commenced to 
 sij^nal by whistling", which was answered from 
 several directions, showing- clearly that there 
 were others of the same tribe about. Then 
 all was (iLiiet. 
 
 The runaways left their arms where thjy 
 were first discovered. The following- morn- 
 ing' the prisoner was tried by court-martial. 
 At first he would not give any evidence 
 either in favour of himself or against his 
 confederates. On being asked if he knew 
 he had forfeited his life, he said, " I know 
 that, and am sorry you caught me. I came 
 from Wedza's, and so did those with me. He 
 was going out to meet some more of his 
 men. Wedza wishes to take away all cattle. 
 Other Kaffirs leave your laager at night with 
 information, and some do it through the day. 
 I have been very unlucky. There are a lot of 
 our people watching Belingwe, to get it when 
 you white men are all dead. There will be 
 quite enough of them to eat up all of you 
 white men." The prisoner was condemned 
 and shot. 
 
THREE NATIVES BREAK AWAY 
 
 7» 
 
 Whilst the rncMi were at their mitklay 
 meal three other natives broke away and i^ot 
 off. They were not fired on. The Ca[)e 
 boys tried to run them down, but failed. It 
 was not worth while sendint"' horsemen after 
 them. I would have been very i^lad if they 
 had all gone, for it was impossible to tell 
 whether they were spies or loyal. The mere 
 fact of the natives tryini^ to go off in this 
 manner led us to believe that they knew 
 something of importance was likely to hap- 
 pen soon and they did not wa.it to be with 
 us when it did take place. This made every 
 one more alert than ever, and several shots 
 were fired the following evening by the flying 
 sentries, but most probably at wolves or 
 jackals. The signal-gun also went off on 
 the night of the iith, but I was unable to 
 ascertain the cause. 
 
 Sunday, the 12th of April, like all our 
 Sundays, was a lazy day — no drills or 
 fatigues to do by either whites or blacks — 
 and was spent by most of us with a book or 
 some other amusement to pass time. Very 
 
72 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 probably the Sunday's midday meal was a 
 heavier (3ne than those of other days, and I 
 daresay that by 2 p.m. most of the men not 
 on duty were taking a siesta. Sir Frederick 
 Frankland and myself were preparing to do 
 the same at about 2.30 p.m. when the sentry 
 on the look-out alarmed the garrison and 
 reported that the cattle posts were being 
 driven in by a large bod\' of Kaffirs. We at 
 once jumped to the ramparts of the nearest 
 redoubt and saw that the sentry's report was 
 too true. The cattle had been urazino- about 
 a thousand yards to the south of our position, 
 close to some small hills, thickly covered by 
 bush, anci at first sight these hills seemed to 
 be one mass of Kaffirs, all rushing towards 
 the cattle. Sergeant McCallum and Corporal 
 Paulsen at once got out the two emergency 
 horses, which were always kept ready saddled 
 and bridled, aiid rode off to assist the cattle 
 guard. They did very good work on their 
 horses urtil we were able to get the other 
 horses in and saddled up. Luckily they 
 happened to be close by, as we had had 
 
A TTACK n V MA TABELR 
 
 11 
 
 them driven into the l.iajrer every day at 
 noon and let out again at 2 p.m. They 
 were in, saddled up, and mounted in less 
 than five minutes. By this time there was 
 quite a fusilade going ow all round our south 
 and west front, and the bullets were whizzing 
 high over the forts. All the dismounted 
 men, sick included, were in the forts. 
 Leaving Captain l*Vankland in charge, with 
 instructions to keep a sharp look-out to the 
 north and east, and to commence fire at once 
 if any oi ihe enemy showed uj) in those 
 directions, to draw our attention to the 
 laager in case of a general attack, I rode off 
 with nine mounted men to assist the cattle 
 guards. By this time the rebels had succeeded 
 in breaking up the cattle into small herds 
 and stampeded them away to the east and 
 south. When we came up to where Sergeant 
 McCallum and Cor[ioral Paulsen were, they 
 pointed out the direction in which the largest 
 body were driven. This \7ab Hone when we 
 were going at a good hana-gc.uop and under 
 a heavy fire from the surrounding hills at 
 
 t''!l 
 
74 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 ¥ 
 
 the back of the police camp. The line, in 
 skinnishinij^ order, wheeled to the left, and 
 went straiiiht for the rebel fiohtin''" line, 
 those in front breaking" away before a shot 
 was fired at them ; but the horsemen soon 
 got close up and shot a few from their 
 saddles. As the hill at the police camp was 
 passed three men halted, took cover, and 
 returned the fire of the rebels, Vvho at once 
 left their position and retreated rapidly to 
 the north. Lieutenant Stoddart, with two 
 men, did the same, whilst the men in the 
 centre came on with me to an open flat 
 which was immediately in our front. As 
 soon as we cleared the bush we saw several 
 herds of cattle only a hundred yards or so 
 in front of us being driven as hard as they 
 could go, but as they were being driven 
 away from their usual grazing ground they 
 were trying to break back again. When the 
 men with me saw the position they all 
 seemed to yell at once, and this drew the 
 attention of t-ie rebels in front on to us. 
 They evidently had never thought that the 
 
RETREAT OF REBELS 
 
 75 
 
 soon 
 their 
 
 they 
 
 riven 
 
 they 
 
 white men would attempt to get throiii^h 
 their fighting Hne, and as soon as they saw 
 us coming down on them they became a 
 confused mass, fired off their rifies in every 
 direction, at anything or nothing, and made 
 lor the dense busli, about five hundred yards 
 in front of them, as hard as they could go. 
 Before they got to it we were well in amongst 
 them, a id had a certain amount of sa*'"''- 
 faction before we retired from a heavy fire 
 which was opened on us from the bush 
 already -^lentioned. By this time Lieu- 
 tenant Stoddart, with the men who remained 
 behind to watch the flanks, came up, and 
 '■ r> w more shot.' were fired by ourselves 
 into the bushes. Whilst this was going on 
 I had time to look up and down the valley, 
 and for a mile on each side the rebels could 
 be seen retreatinor as hard as thev could for 
 the bush in front of us. Presentlv the order 
 was oiven from a hill about two hundred 
 yards in advance of us for the rebels to con- 
 centrate. I then thought it advisable to 
 retire, with the cattle we had recaptured. 
 
76 
 
 THE M ATA B RLE REIiEUJON 
 
 as quickly as possible, to the forts, from 
 which we had iKjt heard any firiiii^" wc^rthy of 
 mention. As soon as we commenced to 
 retire the bush and hillsides, which we had 
 just left in our rear, oot quite animated, and 
 a brisk but very harmless riHe fire was sent 
 after us, some of the rebels beinL^' so anxious 
 to o'et in their shots that they were firing 
 from the top of the F(jndoque hill, a (^ood 
 mile away. We succeeded in ^ettlnjr back 
 to the forts with 190 cattle, out of about 380 
 head, and durino- the nit>ht a lot of milch 
 cows came back to their calves. We lost 
 about one-half of what we had that morning 
 and most of the young cattle were taken by 
 the rebels. 
 
 When we got back, which we did Vvithout 
 further trouble and no Ic^ss on our side, our 
 comrades had been having a ver\^ anxious 
 and excitable time. I hey had htard and 
 seen most of the firin"', and had a lot of 
 shots over them, but only got in a few in 
 return. They could not open fire while we 
 were in sight, and when we got out of sight 
 
CONOR A TULA TIONS 
 
 77 
 
 rinno" 
 
 ()■ 
 
 'ood 
 
 they had chances but did not take them, 
 because we might have been in their line 
 of fire. However, they did their duty, and 
 were delighted to see us all come back 
 again. Captain I'^-ankland was on the 
 platform on top of the roof of the store all 
 the time, and had a splendid view of the 
 whole affair until we got behind the hill at 
 the police camp. 
 
 The natives in our laaoer were most 
 effusive with their congratulations, which 
 were cut short by one of tlie white men 
 reporting that he saw several of them sig- 
 nalling in the direction of the cattle shortly 
 before the attack commenced. He watched 
 to see who they were signalling to, but 
 saw nothint*- but cattle herds, and conclided 
 ai the moment that they were signalling to 
 some of tnem to come home for food. They 
 were all ordered into the compound, and 
 those that had been guilty of signalling 
 pointed out. On being questioned, (Mie said 
 he came from M'Posi's ; another, who had 
 evidently lost his presence of mind, said he 
 
 ri 
 
 
nill-l 
 
 78 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 came from Godhlwayo, as also did the other 
 two. They admitted that this boy had told 
 the truth — the three of them came from 
 Godhlwayo and knew and were connected 
 with the rebels — Godhlwayo being- the place 
 where the rebellion originated. They were 
 all tried, condemned, and shot. After this 
 every native in the laager, except those that 
 came from the Zambesi, Cape Colony, or 
 Natal, was turned out of it at once. They 
 all went willingly, except one very big 
 Basuto, who said he would rather be killed 
 by us than by the rebels ; he was an 
 utter stranger among them, knew nothing 
 of the rebellion, and was an enemy to their 
 race. He was allowed to stay, and was 
 very faithful all through. 
 
 The men of the garrison had now some- 
 thing to talk about for the next few days. 
 The monotony that had bored us all was 
 broken up for a time, and we were all 
 rather glad we had got our first big job 
 over, and watched, more keenly than before, 
 for the next. 
 
THE ZAMBESI BO YS 
 
 79 
 
 'g' 
 
 their 
 was 
 
 (jine- 
 lays. 
 
 was 
 : all 
 
 job 
 f' )re, 
 
 The rebels at the first onset fought well 
 for the cattle. McCallum and Paulsen shot 
 three (jf them before we came up. One 
 horrid-looking old witch-doctor was at the 
 head of the attacking party. At first he 
 had only a battle-axe and charms, and 
 laughed at the white men, .' >'ing they 
 could not harm him, and that they had no 
 shot that could kill him. He had three 
 bullets before he dropped. After that his 
 followers seemed to lose a lot of their clash 
 and became rather an easy prey for us for 
 a short time. I have little doubt that had 
 we been foolish enough to go on they 
 would have made a new plan and attacked 
 
 us agam. 
 
 The Zambesi boys, who were with the 
 cattle, behaved very well, and did their 
 utmost to save them until we came out to 
 their assistance, by heading them off to- 
 wards camp. One of them, through force 
 of habit I suppose, or perhaps to show his 
 zeal, marched into the laager, whilst the 
 tight was at its hottest, with a week-old 
 
 I.' " 1 1 
 
8o 
 
 THE MATABELE RE BELLI ON 
 
 calf on his back. Another one was missini^ 
 after the fight and put clown as dead. 
 Some of the white men went out with 
 his brothers to look for his body where 
 he was last seen, and found it after a lon^- 
 search, in the bottom of a dry water creek, 
 covered up with orass. They had some 
 difficulty in gettin*^ it out. When, how- 
 ever, they did, and it found it was in the 
 hands of friends, the body came to life 
 again, and by the time the camp was 
 reached the supposed dead one was quite 
 lively. 
 
 One of the rebels, who had his position 
 on the top of the hill close to the police 
 camp, seemed to have charge of a ritle of 
 no ordinary calibre. He directed all his 
 fire over the laager, and at regular inter- 
 vals of about five minutes sent a missile 
 over the heads of its defenders. This 
 practice, after a while, became rather 
 amusing to some, irksome to others, and 
 frightened a few. Corporal Paulsen in- 
 formed me it took three men to work this 
 
 I 
 
 at 
 
 i 
 
/V 
 
 .s missin^L,^ 
 as dead, 
 out with 
 ly where 
 er a l<)n<4 
 ter creek, 
 lad some 
 len, how- 
 as in the 
 le to life 
 rimp was 
 was quite 
 
 position 
 le police 
 a ride of 
 d all his 
 lar inter- 
 i missile 
 s. This 
 e rather 
 lers, and 
 ilsen in- 
 ^ork this 
 
 1 
 
 I A 
 
 ■li 
 
 ','ii 
 
 id : 
 
 V. 
 
I i I 
 
 
WORKING THE GUN 
 
 8i 
 
 l;liii, cind whilst they were in the act of 
 loacliii,^- it the last time he shot one of 
 their number, the other two immediately 
 decampin^i^^ taking- the piece with them. 
 
 
 m Vi 
 
 m 
 
'm 
 
 & 
 
 ^.. 
 
 
 /} 
 
 '/a 
 
 ^^ 
 
 <rA 
 
 .■>' 
 
 
 c<^ 
 
 y^/ 
 
 /A 
 
 V 
 
 w 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 lA^IIIIM IIIH 
 
 I4S 
 
 1112 
 
 .u m 
 
 I.I 
 
 2.2 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 1 
 
 1.25 1.4 11.6 
 
 
 •4 
 
 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 

 L^. 
 
82 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 CHAPTER V 
 
 Stronj^ patrol goes out — Discoveries on recent batticlicld — 
 Arrival of despatch-bearers from Victoria — An alarm — 
 Despatch-bearers come in contact with large body of 
 Matabele and narrowly escape — Accident to a trooper 
 — Deaths of Trooper Bergqvist and Mrs. Mitchell — 
 Fever in camp — Death of Beaty-Pownall — Lieutenant 
 Stoddart and Trooper Posselt volunteer co ride to 
 Buluwayo with despatches — Arrival of despatches 
 from Mr. Rhodes. 
 
 i ! 
 
 11 nil 
 
 ON the morning of the 13th, with the 
 strongest mounted patrol we could 
 muster, I went out in hopes of being able 
 to gather some information as to the direc- 
 tion the rebels had taken, or whether they 
 were still about, and also to bring back any 
 stray oxen we might drop across. On the 
 previous afternoon, shortly after the fight, 
 a very severe thunderstorm passed over the 
 district, drenching everything and oblitera- 
 ting all tracks of the rebels and cattle, and 
 making it impossible for us to get any 
 
PATROL GOES OUT 
 
 83 
 
 information as to their movements. The 
 patrol made a big" detour and came round 
 by Stoddart's camp, " The Great Belintrwe," 
 down past " McPhee's camp," home along 
 the " Bob's Luck " road, and across the 
 field where we had the skirmish the previous 
 afternoon. I then understood, for the first 
 time, that the rebels had got a greater fright 
 than we thought. For a mile beyond the 
 point wh'"*'"^ we 'eft off pursuit the veldt 
 bore evidenc of their very hasty retreat. 
 Blankets, great-coats, food, and arms had 
 been dropped, to enable the owners to run 
 with more freedom to the friendly cover 
 of the bush-clad hills. They had been so 
 thoroughly surprised that they did not dare 
 to venture into the open to get back their 
 property, even at night. They even left 
 their dead on the field, a thing I had never 
 known the natives of Matabeleland to do 
 before when there was the least possible 
 chance of getting the bodies away. Among 
 the articles they abandoned were several 
 police great-coats and bandoliers, full of 
 
f ' 
 
 1 
 
 !l 
 
 ! 
 
 il 
 
 w 
 
 1 
 
 
 84 
 
 T//E MATABRI.R REBKLIJON 
 
 ammunition, blankets, and provisions. Each 
 man had evidently carried about from 5 lb. 
 to 6 lb. of raw meat and about 5 lb. of 
 mealies. All the dead had a piece of ox- 
 fat tied to their throats. This I afterwards 
 learned was fat taken from oxen killed by 
 the "M'limo" and given to each man, after 
 it had been " Umtigatled " (bewitched), to 
 fender the man impervious to harm from 
 the bullets of the white man. Amonijst the 
 dead left on the field was the before-men- 
 tioned witch-doctor, dressed up in all the 
 pa»*aphernalia necessary for his calling, and 
 a most hideous brute he looked, even in 
 death, which, as a rule, modifies the expres- 
 sion on the face of most natives. 
 
 During the forenoon of the 14th two of 
 Chebi's boys arrived with a despatch, dated 
 the 8th, from Captain Vizard, Victoria. The 
 following information was obtained from 
 these boys : — 
 
 " We were given the letter by the white 
 chief at Victoria, and were told to try and 
 get here with it and to find out whether the 
 
ARRIVAL OF DESPATCH-BEARERS 
 
 85 
 
 Each 
 
 5 lb. 
 b. of 
 f ox- 
 A^ards 
 id by 
 
 after 
 d), to 
 
 from 
 St the 
 ;-men- 
 11 the 
 and 
 en in 
 xpres- 
 
 ;wo of 
 dated 
 The 
 from 
 
 white 
 -y and 
 ler the 
 
 white men were alive or dead. We have 
 been seven days on the road. We have 
 had to come slowly and carefully, because 
 it is difficult to tell who are friends or foes. 
 Most of the way we travelled at niijht. At 
 Marandella's kraal we were told that the 
 natives of this district were banding together 
 to immediately attack Belingwe. The chiefs 
 Wedza, Buschelli, Mapanzula, Mazezeteze, 
 Impopote, and Senda have risen, and are 
 being led by a band of Matabele from 
 Godhlwayo, who are headed by Maduna, 
 the son of Marqua, Lobengula's sister. 
 These forces are located somewhere between 
 Wedza's and the Bungwe Mountain, and 
 their instructions are to wipe out Belingwe. 
 The attack was to have taken olace some 
 
 L 
 
 days ago, during the afternoon. All the 
 cattle which have been stolen from the 
 farmers in this district have been taken to 
 the Matopos, by way of Shamba. A great 
 many of the Matabele women and children 
 are hidden away in the Impatini Mountains. 
 The Impi that is gathering here has instruc- 
 
![ T 
 
 ; r 
 
 86 
 
 THE mataiu:lk re belli on 
 
 i' 
 
 tions to march on Victoria as soon as they 
 have wiped out Belingwe, and treat that 
 place in like manner before returning. 
 These are the orders of the ' M'llmo,' who 
 lives in the Matopos. We do not know 
 the strength of the attacking force, but 
 Maduna has about three hundred Matabele 
 with him, and his party have been killing 
 white men all over the country by Inseza 
 and Filabusi. Um'Nyati has not left his 
 kraal, but all his men are armed. The 
 only chiefs who are remaining faithful are 
 Chebi's and those between him and Victoria. 
 Indeema has destroyed all the white men's 
 houses, &c., at Selukwe." 
 
 The boys could give little more informa- 
 tion, and expressed a wish to be allowed to 
 depart as soon as possible. They said they 
 did not consider Belingwe a safe place when 
 an Impi was ready to attack it. They were 
 then informed the place had been attacked 
 two days previously and the rebels beaten 
 off. This information surprised them a 
 little, and they advised us strongly to march 
 
THE CATTLE AND HORSES 
 
 87 
 
 for Victoria before the rebels had time to 
 re-fo.-m and make another attack. They 
 were quite sure we were mad to stay any 
 longer when we had a chance of getting 
 away. 
 
 A despatch was written and handed to 
 them, and they left at 4.30 p.m. About 
 half an hour after their departure the inlying 
 picquet gave the alarm and reported the 
 rapid approach of several natives and a 
 considerable shouting" from others in the 
 bush behind the police camp. The cattle 
 and horses were at once turned into the 
 laager, the forts manned, and several shots 
 fired close to the approaching natives, two 
 of whom at once showed friendly signs by 
 holding their hands up. The remainder 
 disappeared into the bush. Our horsemen 
 advanced to meet the natives, and found 
 that they were the despatch-bearers, who 
 reported that they came into contact with 
 a large body of Matabele, some of whom 
 had on police great-coats. They were evi- 
 dently examining the ground over which the 
 
88 
 
 THE MATABRLE REBELLION 
 
 m \ 
 
 skirmish took place. When they noticed 
 the despatch-bearers they gave chase, and 
 pressed them so hard that the boys had to 
 throw away their bkmkets, in one of which 
 the despatches were rolled up. They were 
 rewritten, and the boys left again after dark 
 by another route. 
 
 The presence of the Matabele increased 
 our anxiety, and every precaution was taken 
 to repel an attack, if necessary, during the 
 night, all the men sleeping at their stations, 
 but nothing occurred. 
 
 On the 15th a boy came in from Gon- 
 doque with a letter from a Mr. Carruthers 
 to Mr. Lyle, asking him to forward a rifle 
 and ammunition, and asking for information. 
 Gondoque is about seventy miles south of 
 Belingwe. To have given the boy a rifle 
 and ammunition meant trivino- it to the rebels, 
 so he left with a letter only, to Carruthers, 
 telling him to try, if possible, to reach 
 \'^ictoria direct, from where he was, as 
 M'l ipi's natives were friendly. He suc- 
 ceeded In getting to Victoria. 
 
BE A T Y-PO WNA LL SI/0 f 
 
 89 
 
 Nothing" of Jiny con.sc(|uence happened 
 until Sunday, the 19th, at 12.30 p.m., when 
 it "as reported to me that Trooper W. C. 
 Beaty-Pownall had been shot by accident. 
 Trooper Roodts had taken up Serj^eant 
 McCallum's Winchester repeater, and was 
 showing- the action to some comrades, when 
 the rifle went off. The bullet, grazing" the 
 back of Trooper Yorke's left hand, entered 
 the left leg of Beaty-Povv^nall on the inside, 
 and, travelling obliquely down, passed out 
 on the other side. I at once set to and 
 stopped the bleeding, bandaged the leg up 
 in splints, and had Pownall placed inside 
 the airiest room in the laroe store. I then 
 asked if there was any one among the men 
 who knew anything about surgery, but found 
 I was the only one present who had even 
 been taught in that line, and I am very sorry 
 to say that the short course of field surgery 
 that I went through whilst at Gibraltar was 
 not sufficient to enable me to save the life 
 of this brave young man. Had he been 
 shot in action on the previous Sunday, when 
 
90 
 
 THE MA TAHELE REBELLION 
 
 . 
 
 he did brilliant service, his case would not 
 have been so hard, but to be laid out by an 
 accident was too had. He was a splendid 
 fellow, and a i»-reat favourite in the uarrison. 
 The first thin*^ he did, after being put to 
 bed, was to pray that his unfortunate com- 
 rade who caused the accident should not 
 be punished in any way ; and his wish was 
 adhered to. 
 
 Next Sunday, the 26th, Trooper Bergqvist 
 died. He had been sufferin<r from fever for 
 some time previous, but on that morning he 
 reported to me that he felt all right again. 
 He had a cup of bovril and a little meat at 
 lunch, and shortly afterwards he was ob- 
 served by Sergeant W. R. Wilson outside 
 his wagon retching and gasping. Sergeant 
 Wilson sent at once for myself and Lieu- 
 tenant Stoddart, but Bergqvist expired before 
 we could assist him. Death apparently 
 resulted trom suffocation. 
 
 That same day Mrs. Mitchell, wife of 
 J. C. Mitchell, contractor, died. She had 
 been ailing for some time, and fever had 
 
BEA'GQI//srs DEATH 
 
 91 
 
 not 
 
 weakened her considerably. The shock she 
 got on hearing of Ber^^qvist's sudden death 
 upset her nervous system entirely, and she 
 never recovered, Sunday seemed to be the 
 special day for crreat misfortunes, since for 
 three runninjr we had had fighting, accident, 
 and now two deaths. These facts did not 
 tend to make the life in our little camp very 
 cheerful, and I believe I felt the position as 
 keenly as any one, and looked anxiously 
 every day for the relief. F'ever again had 
 set in among the men, and sometimes as 
 many as seventeen were unfit for duty. 
 With no doctor present this was very un- 
 pleasant, 'A'\A it was rendered doubly so by 
 the constant growling of some of the more 
 selfish of the men. 
 
 On the morning of Monday, the 27th, 
 Robert Bergqvist and Mrs. Mitchell were 
 buried in a small clearing about a hundred 
 yards from the fort. 
 
 On the 28th, I am sorry to say owing to 
 the growing discontent amongst a certain 
 class of the men, I had to parade the whole 
 
l! 
 
 U . 
 
 pi 
 
 ,1 
 
 92 
 
 r//E MA TAIiELE REBELLION 
 
 and warn thcni that if any one was found 
 clfjliberately shirkin<^ his tluty, or in any way 
 tryinjj^ to upset the discipline of the j^arrison, 
 they would be put back for a court-martial 
 and tried as soon as any stranj^e officers 
 came into camp, and I warned them of 
 the penalties. 
 
 On the mornin<^ of the 28th Rcaty-Pownall 
 asked me to amputate his leg. I had looked 
 after him as well as I could, and cleansed and 
 bandaged the wound twice daily. Every- 
 thing else that could be done by his comrades 
 was cheerfully fulfilled. From the beginning 
 I was certain a doctor would have amputated 
 the leg at once, and was in hopes that, as I 
 had in several despatches asked for a doctor, 
 one might turn up at any minute. But as 
 day after day went past without bringing the 
 required aid, I knew from the outward ap- 
 pearance of the leg that poor young Pownall 
 had not lono- to live. When he asked me to 
 cut off his lei{ I felt certain he also knew 
 what was likely to happen. I formed a 
 board, composed of Captain Frankland, Lieu- 
 
J)EA TH OF PO IVJVA LL 93 
 
 tenant Stoddart, and Orderly-room SerL-eant 
 A. J. Wilson, to examine P(mnall, and 
 decide what was to be done. In their pre- 
 sence he proposed the amputation of his 
 leg. The board asked him if he fully under- 
 stood what he proposed, and whether he 
 thought he could stand the operation. He 
 answered that he thought he would, and 
 begged that it might be done, to give him 
 the last chance. He said he knew the lower 
 part of his leg was dead, and that his life 
 could only be saved by cutting it off. The 
 board decided the amputation should take 
 place. It was performed at once, and ap- 
 parently successfully, the patient bearing up 
 very well all the time. For the next two 
 days he appeared to be recovering, the leg 
 healing nicely, but on the morning of May 
 2nd he succumbed, without pain; having slept 
 well the previous night, he never awoke. 
 This was one of the heaviest blows our little 
 garrison had to sustain. Beaty-Pownall was 
 buried with military honours, beside the 
 other victims of the rebellion. 
 
94 
 
 THE MATABRLK RRBETJJON 
 
 On the 1st of May Lieutenant Stoddart 
 and Trooper H. Posselt volunteered to 
 try and ride throu(»-h to Buluwayo, with 
 despatches and brines back information as 
 to the general disposition of the rebels and 
 whites, we at Belingwe being entirely igno- 
 rant of the true position and very anxious 
 to ascertain what had been done, or was 
 likely to be done, to reduce the rebels. 
 
 Stoddart and Posselt left with three of 
 our best horses, to try a hazardous ride, 
 at 12.15 midnight. It is always safest 
 to travel at nii^ht and avoid the main 
 footpaths and hide during the day when 
 dealing with natives on the warpath. 
 
 May 4th brought two boys with de- 
 spatches from Victoria — one from Mr. 
 Rhodes in answer to mine of the 14th 
 ultimo, thanking me, and congratulating 
 the men of the Belinixwe parrison for 
 the determined stand they had made 
 against the rebels, and finished by saying 
 that he (Mr. Rhodes) would be glad to 
 assist in every way, and adopt any sug- 
 
DESPATCHES FROM MR. RHODES 
 
 95 
 
 gestions we could send him, and that he 
 would very probably be .close to Gwelo 
 by the loth. This was the most pleasant 
 and interesting information we had yet 
 received, for we all knew Mr. Rhodes 
 would keep his word, and that relief 
 would soon be sent if possible. The 
 despatch-bearers also brought the follow- 
 ing information in regard to the rebellion :— 
 That they had heard of several big 
 fights between the white men and the 
 rebels, near Buluwayo, in which the 
 white men had always got a little the 
 best of the battle. They also heard that 
 we had defeated the Godhlwayc^ Impi 
 when they attacked us. That the rebels 
 reported that they took away all our cattle, 
 killed nearly all our horses and four 
 white men during the engagement. (This 
 was the sort of reports the rebels always 
 kept circulating in order to incite the 
 lukewarm ones to rise.) That the Impi 
 was now in Belingwe. camped close to 
 the main road near Senda's kraal. That 
 

 96 
 
 T//E MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 they did not intend to attack again, but 
 only to keep a close watch on the road 
 and cut off any small parties of whites, 
 and keep up communication between 
 M'Patini and the Matopos. That 
 M'Patini was full of unreaped grain, 
 which the rebels wanted for food. That 
 the Impi was composed of ten scherms of 
 about fifty men each. That Echlolodhlo 
 was now the Induna in command and 
 Endende was second in command, and 
 that Maduna had gone to the Matopos. 
 
 '■■\ 
 
DESPATCH SEN7- TO VICTORIA 
 
 97 
 
 CHAPTER VI 
 
 Departure of native runners with despatches to tlie O. C. 
 Victoria and Mr. Rhodes — Narrow escape of two 
 Cape hoys sent to (iwelo — Lieutenant Stoddart and 
 Trooper Posselt get to within twelve miles of Buluwayo 
 — Are hotly pursued and compelled to return — Arrival 
 of Captain Hopper's relief party from Victoria — Native 
 runners bring important despatches from Mr. Rhodes. 
 
 THE despatch-bearers left a(>ain the 
 following mornino- at daybreak with 
 the followincr despatches for the Officer 
 Commanding Eort Victoria, and for Mr. 
 Rhodes : — 
 
 " Fort Bklinowe, 
 
 ''May 4, 1896. 
 "Sir, — I have the honour to inform you 
 that your despatch dated 28 th April 
 arrived here this morning. 
 
 " All the men here are very pleased to 
 know that their services are appreciated 
 by Mr. Rhodes, yourself, and others, and 
 
 7 
 
w 
 
 98 
 
 T//E MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 send their sincere thanks for congratu- 
 lations. 
 
 " Re reinforcements. — Unless it is in- 
 tended by the authorities to take active 
 steps against the enemy in this district, 
 it is not necessary to send reinforcements. 
 I believe that the present garrison is 
 capable of holding this position against 
 2,000 rebels if they give us the chance. 
 I don't suppose they will ever be in a 
 position to send the above number 
 
 agamst us. 
 
 " I enclose a copy of my last despatch 
 to Buluwayo, also a copy of a statement 
 made by a Matabele spy caught by our 
 cattle guard. We had great difficulty in 
 getting any information out of him. At 
 first he pretended to be a fool, and it 
 was only when he found out that he was 
 a prisoner, and to be treated as a spy, 
 that he came to his senses. 
 
 '• I also enclose a letter for Mr. Rhodes, 
 contents of which please wire to him, as well 
 as the Belingwe despatch and your own letter. 
 
 w 
 
DESPATCH TO MR. RHODES 99 
 
 ''Re ammunition.— We are still well sup- 
 plied, but if not inconvenient to you, could 
 do very well with a few thousand rounds of 
 M.-H. and Lee Speed. We are not stron^r 
 enough to send for them. 
 
 "Very sorry to have to report the death 
 of W. C. Beaty-Pownall. from the effect of 
 bullet wound, on Sunday the 2nd inst. I 
 have the honour to be, &c. 
 
 "(Signed) D. Tvrie-Laing, 
 " Capt. Commanding Belingwe. 
 
 "To H. HOITER. 
 
 "Capt. Commanding Victoria." 
 
 " Fort r3KLiNGWE, 
 '' May ^, 1896. 
 
 "C. J. Rhodes, Esq., Gwelo. 
 
 " Dear Sir, — I have the honour to 
 inform you that your wire dated 21/4/96 
 got here this morning, with despatch- 
 bearers from Victoria. 
 
 "The men of the garrison wish me to 
 convey their thanks for your kind recognition 
 of their services, and all trust that you will 
 
lOO 
 
 THE MATAHELE REBELLION 
 
 1 1 
 i 
 
 give them the chance of reducino- the rebels 
 of this district to proper order, when you 
 have had time to make your arranoements. 
 
 " I have enclosed a copy of the despatch 
 forwarded to the Administrator at Buluwayo 
 on the evenino- of the 30th ult. Very pro- 
 bably you have already had it wired to you 
 from Buluwayo. You will see by it that I 
 think a j^ood patrol working in this district 
 would help, to a considerable extent, to put 
 down the rebellion. Knowing that men and 
 horses are very scarce I asked for thirty 
 mounted men only. If reinforcements are 
 beino- brouoht from the south I think it 
 would be better to send them to Belinovve, 
 which appears to me to be a more conve- 
 nient base, under the present circumstances, 
 than Victoria, as it is one hundred miles 
 closer to the strongholds of the enemy, it 
 would save the marchini^ of men to Victoria, 
 and the counter - marching- of them to 
 Belingwe, and prove a great saving of 
 time and energy. 
 
 " The wagon road from Gondoque to 
 
 i|^ • 
 
 hi 
 I 
 
DESPATCH TO MR. RHODES. 
 
 loi 
 
 to 
 
 I)f 
 
 |o 
 
 % •! 
 
 Belin^we leaves the Victoria road about 
 two miles on the Victoria side of the middle 
 drift road, and was made last year by a road 
 party formed by my company. Mr. Lyle 
 came along it from Gondoque, about a 
 month ago, and reports it in good order. 
 The only difficult part is about twenty miles 
 south of Belingwe Peak, where a very nasty 
 pass, through the granite formations, has to 
 be got through. This pass is about four 
 miles long, but only difficult at one point, 
 which is an elbow about thirty yards long. 
 The pass is not half so difficult as the 
 Mangwe pass, which you will rer icnl^er. 
 The distance from Gondoc^ue tt) Belingwe 
 fort is about sixty-five or seventy miles 
 by the wagon road. The distance from 
 Gondoque to Victoria is about ninety-three 
 miles, from Victoria to Belingwe about 
 ninety miles, making a total of 183 miles. 
 Any party coming from the south to operate 
 in the field would save 1 20 miles by coming- 
 direct to Belingwe. Should it be considered 
 advisable to order a party by the route 
 
102 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 i 
 
 
 suggested I would advise them not to 
 come to Bclingwe fort, but to take up a 
 position on the open Hats to the south of 
 Belingwe Peak, where they woukl be clear 
 of all bush, and have lots of water and grass 
 for their horses and cattle. They would 
 also be in command of the main line of 
 communication between Godhlwayo and 
 M'Patini. If you send in a party, my men, 
 who are thonjughly acquainted with this 
 section of Matabeleland, from here to 
 Gwanda, and all the intervening country to 
 Buluwayo, will be found yery valuable as 
 scouts. 
 
 " If you don't consider it advisable to send 
 a small force through this way from the 
 south, and can spare a small, well-mounted 
 patrol from either Gwelo or Victoria, I feel 
 certain they will do very good service. 
 
 " From Gwelo to Belingwe is about ninety 
 miles, and the best road is via Selukwe, and 
 then on to the Belingwe road, from there to 
 Wedza mountain, which is about eighteen 
 miles from here. Most of the Selukwe men 
 
 
 hi 
 
DESPATCH TO MR. RHODES 
 
 '03 
 
 ar 
 
 would be able to point out the road, which 
 is comparatively easy. There are no diffi- 
 culties on the road between Victoria and 
 Belinirwe." 
 
 (By this time the loy^dty of Chebis and his 
 men was assured and the road was safe.) 
 
 " If you do send a patrol and can spare a 
 small field-orun it would be of great ser- 
 vice. 
 
 " Any small patrol, of say fifty, coming 
 from Victoria, or Selukwe. could travel li«rht 
 and get provisions here, to serve until other 
 arrangements can be made. It might be 
 advisable to send an officer, junior to myself, 
 in charge, but it is all the same to me. I 
 wish to do what I can for the best, under 
 any circumstances. 
 
 "If active measures are not intended in 
 
 this district and I can be of service elsewhere 
 
 I shall be very glad. Trusting that success 
 
 is being met with by your patrols everywhere, 
 
 • " I am, &c., 
 
 " D. Tvrie-Laing, 
 "O. C. Belingwe.' 
 
I04 
 
 IHK MATAliELE RE HE J J JON 
 
 To make doubly sure I decided to send off 
 two despj Itch-riders, o\\ horseback, to meet 
 Mr. Rhodes at Gwelo. Two Cape-boy 
 drivers volunteered to \fo. Harry Pick, a 
 very reliable and intelligent boy, knew the 
 road well, and also several bypaths. He 
 and Sej)teml)er. his comrade, were mounted 
 on two i^ood horses, and left after dusk. 
 They »^()t through in three days, but had a 
 hard struj^'i^le, and were all but ca})tured by 
 the rebels close to Selukwe. Beino- mounted, 
 however, they manai^ed to get away, after 
 shooting seven of the Heetest and mcxst 
 persistent of the rebels. 
 
 On the same night at 1 1 p.m. Lieu- 
 tenant Stoddart and H. Posselt returned 
 to laager. They reported that they got to 
 the coach stables at Thabas Indima at 
 8 a.m. on the 2nd inst., where their ad- 
 vance was stopped by a large body of 
 Kaffirs, mostly armed with rifles, who at 
 first attempted to encircle them. That 
 they (Stoddart and Posselt) retreated and 
 attempted to pass through to Buluwayo by 
 
 
FAIL TO RHACH lUfA'VVAYO 105 
 
 Selous road, but were hotly pursued, and 
 as the bush all alono- their route was full 
 of Kaffirs they were compelled to turn 
 back on the road to Belino-we. That at 
 Graham's store they saw the remains of 
 a small laaoer, which had apparently held 
 ab(Hit sixt\- men. and there were si^ns of 
 an enoao-ement, empty cartridoe-cases lyino- 
 about. They further repc^rted that they 
 saw no fresh tracks on the road from 
 Buluwayo to Gwelo. That they o„t as 
 far as the west bank of the Inseza on the 
 ZrA inst., and had to hang about there 
 all day and shift their position three times, 
 owing to some Kaffirs getting round them.' 
 That late in the afternoon they noticed 
 smoke signals sent up from the kraal on 
 the northern side of the drift, and after 
 dark a large beacon fire on the Bembesi 
 hill was answered all along the Inseza 
 range. They had to wait until about 
 II p.m. before they got across the Inseza 
 River, and it took them three hours before 
 they got through the line (.f kraals on the 
 
 \ 1 
 
io6 
 
 THE AfATAnELE REBELLION 
 
 \ I 
 
 il 
 
 
 east bank. They also reported that the 
 kraals were inhabited by women and chil- 
 dren, and that work was bein<j^ carried on 
 in the lands adjoininj^ these kraals. Cum- 
 ming's iron store at Inseza had been burnt 
 down, and his sixteen donkeys killed. The 
 coach stables at Malomachopie were intact 
 as they passed by, but were burned down 
 when they returned. They saw a few 
 si<rns of cattle having been moved along 
 the country, but at several places along 
 the route they noticed tracks where large 
 bodies of Kaffirs had crossed their path. 
 They were of opinion Buluwayo was en- 
 vironed by the rebels, but as to whether 
 they were close up to the town or only 
 holding the approaches at a distance of 
 about twelve miles, they were not in a 
 position to say. That" Thabas Induna was 
 full of Kaffirs, and they heard the report 
 of a seven-pounder before they came in 
 contact with them there. 
 
 On the morning of the 6th at 7.15 a.m. 
 two boys came in with despatches from 
 
 i- 
 
THE RE LI El- PARTY 
 
 \<yi 
 
 Captain \\. Hopper, who had come on 
 from Victoria with twenty mounted men, 
 one Maxim 5^1 m, and two Scotch carts, 
 carrying provisit)ns and 15,000 rounds of 
 Martini - Henry ammunition. I could 
 scarcely credit the news ; it seemed almost 
 too i*"ood to be true that assistance should 
 come so soon. Nevertheless, it put new 
 life into the Ljfarrison, and even the sick 
 men got (Hit and tried to catch sij^ht of 
 the column of dust indicating" tl^'e approach 
 of our friends. I at once sent Captain 
 Frankland with several mounted men to 
 assist Captain Hopper and his party to 
 cross the Umchinowe River, which had a 
 very bad drift unless one knew it well. 
 I also sent on fresh oxen to pull in the 
 carts. We had been told that the Victoria 
 oxen were suffering from rinderpest, and 
 as we were then still free from it in 
 Belinowe it was thoucfht advisable to take 
 precautions to remain so if possible. Ac- 
 cordingly fresh spans with fresh trek gear 
 were sent forward, and the sick oxen sent 
 
io8 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 away to leeward of the laager a few miles. 
 They were visited every day until it was 
 discovered that they were all more or less 
 affected, then the order was (j^iven to 
 destroy them ; they were first shot, and 
 then burned by heavy bush fires. 
 
 Captain Hopper's advance - guard ap- 
 peared on the crest of the rise about a 
 mile north of the fort, towards 12.30 p.m. 
 It was a great pleasure to mount and ride 
 out to meet them, and that all the more 
 so when I found that he and most of his 
 men were old campaigners who had taken 
 part in the first campaign, and most ple^^ed 
 of all was I to learn that Dr. Anderson, 
 of Victoria, accompanied him. Captain 
 Hopper laughingly said that he had come 
 to fetch me out, but as Captain PVankland 
 had informed him that I did not in^^md 
 to leave for a few weeks yet he thought 
 it would be best to rest his men and 
 horses for a few days if I would kindly 
 have him and his men as guests. We 
 shook hands very warmly on the sugges- 
 
WELCOMfNG NEW-COMERS 
 
 109 
 
 tion, and I assurtJ him that as lono- as 
 there was a bite and a sup to be divided 
 m Belingwe he and his followers were most 
 welcome to it. He then irave the order 
 to march on to the fort, which was manned 
 by the Belingwe men, who showed their 
 appreciation of the new-comers by wel- 
 comino- them with three lusty cheers. 
 
 The followino; are extracts from the 
 Belinowe garrison orders relatino- to the 
 arrival of Captain Hopper and his men, 
 which may not be uninterestino- to my 
 readers : — 
 
 " Fort Belingwe, 
 
 " 7-5-96. 
 "The following officers, non-commis- 
 sioned officers and men, having arrived 
 from Victoria to assist in the relief of 
 the garrison, are taken on its strength 
 from this date until further orders : 
 
 Captain Harman Hopper Sergeant Perry 
 Lieut. F. R. Caldecott „ Weale 
 
 Surg. -Lieut. W. Anderson „ Tate 
 
 Sergeant-Major Nolan Corjwral Mcp.artland 
 
1 lO 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 Corporal Clark 
 
 Trooper Potgieter 
 
 „ Halkett 
 
 )> 
 
 Carruthers 
 
 Trooper Noakes 
 
 M 
 
 Sou they 
 
 „ Wray 
 
 )) 
 
 Forbes 
 
 „ O'Reilly 
 
 J> 
 
 (loddard 
 
 „ Hillier 
 
 M 
 
 Whi taker 
 
 „ Van der Walt 
 
 >> 
 
 Berry 
 
 W 
 
 
 " The Officer Commanding Fort Belingwe 
 wishes to take this opportunity of thanking 
 Captain Hopper, Lieutenant Caldecott, Dr. 
 Anderson, and the gallant tellows who have 
 accompanied them to the relief of the 
 garrison, for their noble conduct. He 
 wishes them to understand that he tho- 
 roughly understands and appreciates the 
 kind, generous, and brave sentiments which 
 induced them to undertake their perilous 
 journey, and he sincerely trusts and feels 
 certain that their stay here, whether it 
 be a short or a long one, will be made 
 as pleasant for them as circumstances will 
 permit." 
 
 We were now able to do some patrolling 
 and drilling. The Victoria men had brought 
 first-class horses, most of them salted. Our 
 
MR. RHODES' DESPATCH 
 
 II I 
 
 morning" patrols went further out, and small 
 scouting parties were always on the prowl, 
 but the natives had evidently left our imme- 
 diate vicinity for the time being, as none 
 of them, or any trace of their recent 
 presence, could be found, within an area 
 of twelve miles. 
 
 The morning of the i8th brought two 
 despatch-runners, with a most important 
 despatch from Mr. Rhodes. It was as 
 follows : — 
 
 " Please send several separate runners, 
 each with the following message, to Laing, 
 Belingwe, begins. Please ride down to 
 Tuli to meet column coming in, a portion 
 having instructions to detach themselves 
 from Victoria column and place themselves 
 under you, and to be led in by you to 
 Belingwe, via Gondoque, to act under you 
 as you deem best. Ends." 
 
 This was an answer to mine of the 4th of 
 May, and proved that Harry and September 
 had got through to Mr. Rhodes, and that 
 we had not relied on him in vain. About 
 
1. 1 m 
 
 
 111 U' 
 
 112 
 
 T//Jt J/ATA/iE/.Jt RE HELLION 
 
 two hours after the arrival of the first de- 
 spatch, the first copy came, and the second 
 one reached us towards evening, so that 
 ,the despatch-runners had all done well. 
 
PREPARING TO START 
 
 113 
 
 CHAPTER VII 
 
 Captain Luing proceeds to meet and take command ol the 
 Tuli column — Entrance to the Mapelabana hills — 
 Scouts come upon KatTns who are insolent — A prisoner 
 is captured — Indaba with M']-*osi's son — Suspicious 
 sounds at M'Posi's kraal. 
 
 I AT once set about arran^ini;' to <4'o out 
 to meet the Tuli column, picked out 
 fifteen of the best horses, and asked for 
 fifteen volunteers to ride them. They were 
 soon found, of course. Every one wanted 
 to go, except the sick. The Maxim was 
 mounted on a strong- set of springs and 
 fresh harness attached, as we had a rough 
 C(juntry in front of us, and niight have to 
 travel fast. The stnjnger springs enabled 
 us to put on a larger supply of ammunition 
 and provisions than we could have taken on 
 horseback. The Maxim was drawn by lwo 
 smart mules, with two horses as leaders, and 
 everything was ready to .'tart off at sun- 
 
 ii 
 
 :i ^1 
 
114 
 
 THE MATAIiELl': REBELLION 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 till 
 
 down. Captain Frankland was left in 
 command of the garrison. We left Belingwe 
 at 6 p.m. just as the sun was sinking, and 
 by ten o'clock we were camped for the 
 night close to the foot of the Belingwe Peak, 
 some eighteen miles south of the fort. The 
 latter part of the journey Wci gone over 
 very cautiously, because it was on a small 
 bush-covered hill in this vicinity that we 
 believed the rebel Impi lay. To have gone 
 any further that night would have been 
 rashness. We therefore camped close to 
 the ed<ife of an old working" on the " Zelan- 
 dia " mine, which I estimated would cover 
 both our horses and ourselves if need be, 
 and the old dump heap would serve as 
 breastworks. The night wore on and 
 nothinLT came of it. We were all on the 
 watch at daybreak, but saw no signs of the 
 Impi. The order to saddle up was given, 
 and before the sun was two hours high we 
 had got another twelve miles on our way, 
 and passed what I thought at the time the 
 most dangerous part of our journey, until 
 
ON THE WA y 
 
 '15 
 
 s 
 
 the Mapelabana portion of the Matopos was 
 reached. There were a few sitrns of an 
 Impi, but as they were several weeks' (^Id. 
 I was half inclined to believe that it had 
 gone to another part of the country. Several 
 fresh footpaths leading from the mealie-fields 
 to the wood slopes of the Belingwe moun- 
 tain, led me to conclude that the natives had 
 hidden away in the bush and krantzs and 
 were still in the neighbourhood. The party 
 halted in a good position and breakfasted 
 about 8 a.m. The march was resumed 
 again at lo a.m., and by twelve o'clock noon 
 we got to the top edge of the incline leading 
 into the Mapelabana hills. There we found 
 a lot of M'Posi's men and women thrashing 
 corn. Our advance scouts were right on 
 to them ere they noticed us, as they were 
 workino; anions^ the rocks. At the first 
 glance it seemed as if they were barring 
 our passage. It was impossible t(j tell, at 
 first sight, whether the sticks they were 
 usinsj' to beat out the corn were not rilles. 
 The men were therefore at once formed 
 
 ■t 11 
 
1: 
 
 I 
 
 J 1 
 
 If 
 
 It! 
 
 5) ■ 
 I*, i 
 
 ii6 
 
 '/'//£ M ATA B ELK REBELLION 
 
 into skirmishing order, with the Maxim in 
 the centre, and stood ready, whilst three of 
 our best Kaffir linguists rode forward, and 
 called out to the people. For a few minutes 
 their replies were insolent, and two of the 
 men advanced a sh(jrt way, until they saw 
 the line of skirmishers. They then beat a 
 rapid retreat and gave a general alarm, 
 which sent the whole lot off helter-skelter 
 into the bush. One man who was not so 
 smart as the others was made a prisoner. 
 On being questioned he infornied us that 
 the Impi was still at Belingwe, hid in the 
 mountain, and that they were collecting 
 grain all n^und the district. He said the 
 natives in front were all peaceful. They 
 never saw us until they heard the men 
 calling to them. Then they thought there 
 were only three, but when they saw so many 
 whites with rifles and horses, they knew we 
 were on the warpath, and, being frightened, 
 ran away. 
 
 I learned that the chief IVITosi was at 
 home, but very sick. His son, however, was 
 
 l« 
 
 r 
 
A PRfSONER 
 
 117 
 
 ^ 
 
 ) 
 
 : I 
 
 about. I was inclined to believe that this 
 native thought the information he oave 
 was true. He further stated that M'Posi's 
 tribe were faithful to the white man. I also 
 believed this statement, because Carruthers, 
 who was with the patrol, informed me that 
 the people at a kraal close by had warned 
 him not to come to Belinuwc, because it was 
 surrounded by rebels, and ^"ave him food 
 to take him back to Gondoque. He j^ot 
 back there, but with a very hard strut^^le, 
 having" had his rille stolen from him while 
 he was drinking" out (jf a gourd handed to 
 him by a native at a kraal some fifteen miles 
 
 furth 
 
 er on 
 
 th; 
 
 ui where we were, ant 
 
 1 th 
 
 en 
 
 chased for ten miles by a l)and of rebels 
 with assegais, all of whom he managed to 
 elude in the bush, as it became dark — the 
 bush in this part of the coimtry bei 
 
 nu 
 
 i>" ''oou cover 
 
 rather dense and affordin 
 
 After i>ettinLZ' all the information the old 
 native seemed to be able to give, the patrol 
 advanced again, and got (jn to the down- 
 ward slope towards the Mapelabana range 
 
m8 
 
 THE MATAIiRLE REIiEUJON 
 
 
 in 
 
 1 1 
 
 . .1: 
 
 iiiul M'Posi's uoroe. The track now became 
 very steep, and was Hanked on each side 
 by thick bush, and although the natives 
 appeared friendly their sudden disappear- 
 ance made me rather suspicious, every 
 precaution having' to be taken to avoid 
 an ambush. Up to this point we had 
 advanced rapidly, doinj^" a crood six miles 
 an hour ; but now our proi^ress was ren- 
 dered slow, iwing to the more difficult 
 surroLindinj^s. I don't know how the others 
 felt, but I had that eerie feelinL>" about me 
 that makes one expect to see an enemy 
 at any moment. It was not at all pleasant, 
 and I was very okul when I noticed an 
 open space in t'ront, just somethins^ like 
 one of our parks at home, with two large 
 ant-heaps covered with bush in its centre. 
 There I decided to halt for a short time 
 to give the horses a rest and drink. We 
 took up a position between the two ant- 
 heaps, with the Maxim in the centre, and 
 the advance and rear-guards extended on 
 both sides, the Maxim being our main 
 
 
If A I. TING 
 
 119 
 
 
 body. The horses were off-saddletl and 
 led down to the rivulet about two hundred 
 yards away, by one-half of the men, fully 
 armed. The other half remained to i^Liard 
 the Maxim and lii>ht fires, to co(jk a little 
 water for coffee, to refresh all hands. 
 While these arrangements were <'()in<'- on 
 I sent for H. Posselt, W. Lynch, W. Lyle, 
 and Carruthers, all of wh.)m were thorough 
 Kaffir lini^uists, farmers and cattle traders, 
 in the very district we were then in. 
 They were thoroui^hly well known and 
 personally acquainted with all the natives 
 in the vicinity, and I asked them what 
 opinion they had formed as to the loyalty 
 of M'Posi's tribe. They were all inclined 
 to frive M'Posi the benefit of any doubt 
 and say he was loyal, althou^^h at the same 
 time they were puzzled at the behaviour 
 of the surrounding- natives. The fact of the 
 latter having- disappeared so rapidly looked 
 rather suspicious and showed signs of guilt, 
 because it is pretty well known that when 
 a Kaffir is in the right he is always 
 
lao 
 
 THE MATABEl.E REBELLION 
 
 w 
 
 i 
 1; 
 
 ready to show it by comini;" up to any 
 whitt; mans encampment unarmed and in 
 a very free-and-easy manner. Here we 
 had no such thiniif, for althouiili our halt 
 was only of about an hom-'s duration, no 
 Kaffirs approached nearer than live hundred 
 yards, as far as we kn(nv, and those that 
 did appear on the surroundiuLi" hills were 
 all armed in some manner. Shortly after 
 the order was given to prepare to march 
 the chief M'l\:)si's son made his appear- 
 ance, coming u[) the side of the streani in 
 a very uncertain manner. H. Posselt went 
 out to meet him unarmed, and after a 
 short indaba, induced him to come up to 
 our camp. Posselt introduced him to me, 
 and 1 questioned him as tcj the opinions 
 and loyalty of his father's followers. He 
 said they had heard many contlicting re- 
 ports as to what was going on and that 
 they were under the surveillance of the 
 Impi, lying close to Belingwe Peak. That 
 his father was loyal but at present very 
 sick, but would be glad to come and talk 
 
 \ i 
 
INDAliA WITH .-\rPOSrS SON 
 
 131 
 
 hat 
 ery 
 alk 
 
 to iiic the f(jll()winn' morning, aiul that we 
 would be (iLiite safe where we were. Posselt 
 said to me in Eni>lish that this man was 
 his servant for a lon^;" while, and that he 
 knew him well, but believed he was tellinjj^ 
 lies then, whether to make us feel com- 
 fortable and allay our suspicion or not it 
 was impossible to say. I then told Posselt 
 to tell the youno- chief that 1 believed his 
 storv and was i>lad to learn his father was 
 loyal, and that when the proper time came 
 I would not forj^et to speak of his loyalty 
 to the Head Chief of the white men. That 
 1 would be u^lad now if he would u'o and 
 tell his father and all the men of his tribe 
 that they need not be afraid of us, as we 
 had no intention of harming' them in any 
 way. I also asked him to thank Lusena 
 (a petty chief whose kraal was situated in 
 a very strong" position ab(3Ut six hundred 
 yards away) for giving Carruthers good 
 advice and thereby saving a white man's 
 life. He replied, " I understand and will 
 obey; stay safely, white man." Posselt 
 
122 
 
 THR MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 i;|: 
 
 II \ 
 
 answered for me, "Go in peace." He im- 
 mediately went, and after i^ettino- away 
 about three hundred yards he called out 
 to the natives on the slopes of the sur- 
 roundini^ hills, " All rioht, j^o home ; the 
 white men have no desii>"ns ai^ainst us." 
 He went on a little further antl was joined 
 by several others, and after a short confab 
 they disappeared, and all others in sight 
 withdrew. 
 
 I felt we were in an awkward position, but 
 knov/ino- that the natives had ])een taken by 
 sur{)rise I imderstood they would not decide 
 on action until they had had an indaba 
 amongst themselves and made a j)lan of 
 attack. This would take them a nioht at 
 Ic^ast, and until they had made a plan we 
 were com[)aratively safe. Orders were given 
 to march at once and take every precaution 
 to guard against a surprise. Every man's 
 rifle was loaded and the Maxim belt fitted 
 ready for action. The track from this point 
 turned sharp to the left and through an 
 avenue of dense bush, down a rouph incline 
 
THROUGH THE GORGE 
 
 123 
 
 of about 30°. for the distcince of about half a 
 mile, then sharp to the ri<j^ht into M'Posi's 
 LToroe. This (ron»e was about two miles lony-, 
 thickly wooded, with hioh, solid i^ranite cliffs, 
 tvvo hundred yards apart, and about three hun- 
 dred feet hiufh, on either side. A small stream 
 trundled its way throuoh the centre. Here 
 and there the perpendicular cliffs on either 
 flank were broken and small canyons led off 
 at rii>ht angles on both sides. It was an 
 ideal place for an ambuscade, but with the 
 exception of a strong' Kaffir i^uard at several 
 intervals on the rido-es watching- our move- 
 ments, we iifot through without any incident 
 worthy of mention. We ^ot out of the t;or;;e 
 and camped (making- everythinij^ as safe as 
 ]X)ssible for the nioht) aloni;side a laroe ant- 
 heap, which was levelled in the centre and a 
 space cleared for the Maxim on to[), with 
 a slight breastwork, or rather shelter trench, 
 all round it. The men were formed in two 
 lines at two paces' interval — the advance- 
 j^uard facino- the front and the rear-^uard the 
 rear. The horses were picketed to a rope 
 
124 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 %t 
 
 
 I;' ! 
 
 Stretched between two trees in the centre. A 
 space for the fire was left between the horses 
 and the men — the ant-hill and Maxim were on 
 the flank and a stiff thorn fence was thrown 
 up all round. I may mention here, that 
 every officer and man carried a small service- 
 able hatchet, attached to his saddle, and they 
 proved most useful implements. With their 
 assistance it did not take the men who were 
 in camp half an hour to fix up a very secure 
 position. 
 
 When we encam[)ed I was very pleased to 
 see the women from M'Posi's kraal come down 
 for water to the stream, within a hundred 
 yards vt{ where we were, yet was surprised 
 that none of the men came near or were to 
 be seen about anywhere. This made me feel 
 uneasy, and if it had not been that our horses 
 were in want of rest I believe I would have 
 marched a^ain after a short halt. As it was 
 we had done a oood forty-five miles and had 
 o(jt throuoh what was considered the most 
 difficult part of our route without firino- a 
 shot. I was very glad to notice thcit the men 
 
ENCAMPING 
 
 125 
 
 :1 to 
 ^vvn 
 red 
 sed 
 to 
 "eel 
 scs 
 ive 
 as 
 ad 
 
 St 
 
 a 
 en 
 
 got quite cheerful round the bivouac fires — 
 each section of four by themselves — their 
 heads all in line with the saddle, sitting on its 
 pommel, at the (juter end, to serve as a slight 
 shelter, if necessary, with the ritle and ban- 
 dolier on top of all, ready at a second's 
 notice. The old instincts of the soldier com- 
 menced to warm my heart again and I almost 
 wished, as I believe all that were with me 
 did, the rebels would show and have a try. 
 
 We were very lucky in having first-class 
 weather and a moon nearly full. Under 
 such circumstances as these night in our part 
 of South Africa is nearly as bright as day. 
 and an object, such as a man or horse, is 
 quite discernible two hundred yards away. 
 
 We had everything snug before sundown, 
 and shortly after the horses had been {^^^ 
 and the men hatl eaten their slice of bread 
 and bully beef and washed it down with a 
 draught of coffee and stretched themselves 
 out for the night, Captain Hopper and myself 
 were having a quiet chat on the top of the 
 ant-hill. aloni>side the Maxim, when our 
 
 i= 
 
r\ ~^- 
 
 ! ill 
 
 126 
 
 77//'; MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 111 t 
 
 
 attention was drawn to M'Posi's kraal by the 
 sound of many voices, evidently in alterca- 
 tion. This put us very much on the watch, 
 and presently we were advised of the ap- 
 proach of several natives, talking loudly, 
 with the intention of lettintr us know of their 
 approach. I sent Posselt and Lynch out, 
 armed with their rifles, in the direction in 
 which the natives were advancing, with 
 orders to lie down about fifty yards out, 
 challenge, and find out what was wanted by 
 the natives. This was done, and the ad- 
 vancing party answered at once that they 
 wanted to speak to the white chief. 
 
 The party were ordered to halt where 
 they were, about two hundred yards off, 
 and for two of their number to advance 
 unarmed. After a short consultation they 
 ai^reed to do this, and two advanced, one of 
 whom was the young chief we had met at 
 our midday halt, and the other his brother, 
 a younger man, who had travelled as far as 
 Kimberley and worked there as a domestic 
 for several years. He had only returned 
 
 m. 
 
A YOUNG MAN FROM TOH^N 
 
 127 
 
 -bout a fortnight. h.kI was decked „ut i„ 
 - tncky yachting .suit, . nice straw hat and 
 •spoke the English language fairly well. 
 « ,uite proud of his clothes and h^ 
 EnglKsh and I was very glad that his vanity 
 
 let out the knowledge of our language befo 
 -entered on the husine.ss they hll .:: 
 
128 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 Ii 
 
 CHAPTER VIII 
 
 I ! ' 
 
 Another incl;ib;i with M'Posi's son — He is suspected of 
 lying — Kxti;i precautions taken— The patrol marches 
 at daybreak — Arrival at Dooboolelo's kraal. 
 
 ! 
 
 THE youni;- chief commenced by saying 
 that his father. M'Posi, sent greetinj^f's 
 to the white man, and that he was very 
 sorry he was not able to come down and 
 speak for himself, but that he trusted his son 
 would be taken as his niouthpiece, and that 
 whatever he said or promised would be as 
 if he, M'Posi, had done so in person. I 
 thanked the youn^ man. and asked what 
 further he had to communicate. He an- 
 swered, " ]\Iy father wishes me to inform 
 you that he is very ^lad the white men have 
 got away from Belingwe, because the IMata- 
 bele are now seeing nothing but blood, and 
 it is death to live in open spaces. My father 
 trusts that you will not waste any time in 
 
ANOTHER INDABA 
 
 129 
 
 gettinir from this, for he is certain that the 
 Impi, lying" on the bush-covered slopes of 
 Belingwe, has seen you pass to-day, and you 
 may depend upon it they will soon be on 
 your trail, but your horses ^^'ill soon take 
 you far beyond their reach. My father 
 trusts you will take his advice, he being a 
 very old man, and of much experience with 
 the Matabele, because when their eyes see 
 only blood there is no reasoning with them, 
 and if the Impi comes here and finds you 
 amonijfst is we also will have to suffer." 
 
 I replied, " Yes, I see what you mean, 
 and understand the position; but your father 
 does not. You must not think we are leav- 
 ing Belingwe for good. We are only out 
 to see what your father and his pecjple are 
 doing, and others like them. I shall be 
 back here again before a new moon comes 
 round, and I shall judge of your father's 
 loyalty by his actions. Before I come to 
 the Nuanetsi River, on my return journey, 
 I shall expect to find two wagon-loads 
 of grain lying there. If I find them, then 
 
 
 11. 
 
f 
 
 w 
 
 'l\ 
 
 130 
 
 T//E MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 %\ 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 I will know that your people are our friends, 
 but if the grain is not there you will be 
 treated as enemies, if you come in our way. 
 Now you must go back and tell your father 
 what I have said, and also disperse the crowd 
 of people we can see from the ridge along- 
 side your father's kraal. To-morrow morn- 
 ing, before the sun is so high (pointing- 
 to a place in the sky indicating about 
 8 a.m.) I expect you to send down at least 
 two bags of mealies to feed our horses. 
 Of course I will pay you for every bag of 
 
 gram. 
 
 'I 
 
 ■ ! ! 
 
 He said, " I will carry your instructions 
 to my father, and you will have the 
 grain." 
 
 We parted company with the usual salu- 
 tations. As soon as they had gone one 
 of the interpreters, who had been sitting 
 down beside me watching, said, " Captain, 
 these niggers are false ; they are lying." 
 I asked Posselt what he thouP"ht. He 
 replied, " I also think they mean treachery, 
 sir." When the envoys got away about four 
 
 I 
 
EXTRA PRECAUTIONS TAKEN 
 
 III 
 
 :ing 
 |ain, 
 
 iHe 
 
 lour 
 
 i 
 
 hundred yards they called out to the natives 
 clustered round the kraal to go away. This 
 they did, but during the night the sentries 
 reported several times that the buzz of many 
 voices could be heard occasionally. An 
 hour before daybreak the following morning 
 the horses were {(zA and every man set t(j 
 watch his immediate front, till there was 
 enough light to see the surrounding country. 
 Then the horses were saddled, and we 
 marched off at a brisk canter, which was 
 kept up on every bit of favourable ground 
 for three hours. This brought us in the 
 vicinity of Dooboolelo's kraal — ^the people 
 who had tried to murder Carruthers. When 
 we were about three miles from the head 
 kraal, we left the main track, cut a drift over 
 one of the many small streams in the vicinity, 
 and keeping well under cover of the thick 
 mimosa bush, with which the country was 
 covered, approached the kraals cautiously. 
 We found the natives were all on the alert, 
 but evidently taken by surprise. They 
 very probably expected us to keep the 
 
 t; :i 
 
P" 
 
 J li 
 
 -I if 
 
 13: 
 
 7^//i5: MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 main track. VVe camped about three hun- 
 dred yards away from their kraals, which 
 were situated at the foot of a hioh oranite 
 hill, in a strono- position, amonost hu.cre 
 boulders and thick bush. 
 
A BRUSH WITH THE ENEMY 
 
 133 
 
 CHAPTER IX 
 
 A slij^ht brush with the enemy — Dooboolelo's kr;uils 
 attacked and destroyed — Another prisoner captured — 
 Airival at Gondoque — M'Tipi's people — West's store — 
 Indalia with Unicheti and M'Kati, two of M'Tipi's 
 sons — Unicheti promises three hundred fighting men — 
 Lions aliout — Fresh spoor of horses are discovered. 
 
 BEFORE siirhtiiig their position our 
 riyht tlcinkin<r files had a brush with 
 a small number of the enemy, and killed 
 one of them. His arms were a rifle and 
 three very sharp assegais. As soon as the 
 camp was in order, Posselt, Lynch, and 
 Carruthers went forward to communicate 
 'vith the people at the kraals, and asked 
 the chief to come down and speak with me. 
 This the chief declined to do, and defied us. 
 
 W 
 
 e oave him an hour to consider, while v/e 
 
 were havinu' breakfast. At the end of that 
 time he was still defiant, so his position 
 was attacked and his kraals destroyed. All 
 
 / 
 
 
\ 1 1 
 
 ' ! 1 
 
 ; 
 
 1 
 
 i: 
 
 II' 
 
 
 III; 
 
 1 ; i 
 
 n 
 
 11 . : 
 
 ' 
 
 m 
 
 yi 
 
 I' 
 
 
 t' 
 
 
 !■ 
 
 
 ii 
 
 ■ i 
 1 
 
 '34 
 
 T//E .^ FATAH RLE REBELLION 
 
 the kraals under him were treated in the 
 same manner as we went aloni^. 
 
 The name of this chief was Dooboolelo. 
 He was a Maholi, and honorary chief of 
 one of the old Matabele , nents diirin<'" 
 Lobenoula's time. It was tne duty of this 
 chief and his followers, who were all located 
 along- a narrow fertile strip well adapted for 
 the cultivation of mealies. Kaffir corn, &c., 
 to keep a store of i^rain always on hand, 
 to supply the wants of his regiment when 
 necessary. It was Dooboolelo who ordered 
 Carruthers to be chased an*^' killed, and as 
 he was the first chief I \ come across 
 on the march who could be proved a rebel 
 I decided to chastise him and his followinj^'. 
 He was. however, too clever for us, and all 
 his people except two were out of harm's 
 way, in the covers, aloni^side his own kraal. 
 As we had no time to waste we left them 
 there and continued our march, destroying 
 several krctals under his sway as we pro- 
 ceeded. We camped for the night about 
 seven miles north of the Nuanetsi River, and 
 

 ANOTHER PRISONER CAPTURED 
 
 '35 
 
 lU 
 
 I in 
 •Q- 
 
 iUt 
 
 lid 
 
 M 
 
 as oil the previous nij^ht, made our positi* »ii 
 as strong as possible ; but except for the 
 occasional howl of a wolf or jackal our 
 slumbers were undisturbed. Daybreak the 
 following' mornino- found us all ready for 
 the march again, and ea-'^r to get on. We 
 reached the Nuanetsi River, made a good 
 drift, and halted for breakfast on its south 
 bank by 9 a.m. During the march the 
 advance party surprised and ran down an 
 armed Kaffir, who declined to give us any 
 information as to the movements of the 
 natives of the district. He was a fine, strap- 
 pinj4 fellow, and had the appearance (jf 
 bein^ a Matabele of good blood, and spoke 
 their i.iiiguage fiuently. He was accused 
 of being a Matabele spy, but denied the 
 accusation very emphatically, at the same 
 time admitting he had served for many years 
 in one of the Matabele regiments ; having 
 been captured in his youth and made a 
 slave, serving from the day of his capture 
 till the white men took Matabeleland three 
 years previously, and when his regiment was 
 
mm 
 
 136 
 
 T///t MAT/IBELE REBELLION 
 
 vf 
 
 broken up he made his escape, and came 
 back to live with his own people again. 
 M'Ti])i's people he was sure would corrobo- 
 rate his statement if asked to do so. The 
 men offered him so'^.l^ preserved meat, but 
 he would not eat. He said he knew the 
 white men suspected him, and probably they 
 wanted to pcjison him, and he would not eat 
 until the white men had found out he was 
 not a spy. 
 
 We marched again at 12.45 P-ni., and 
 reached Gondoque at 3 p.m. Gondoque 
 is on the main road from Tuli to Victoria, 
 and seventy-two miles south of Belingwe. 
 The natives in this district are of Uie liasuto 
 race — a very strong tribe under M'Tipi, 
 and generally known as M'lipi's Kaffirs. 
 They have always been very loyal to the 
 Chartered Company and friendly to the 
 white men ; but nevertheless I looked for- 
 ward with a considerable amoimt of anxiety 
 to an interview with M'Tipi or his repre- 
 sentatives. All the people on our line of 
 march in this district (led on our approach, 
 
AT GONDOOUE 
 
 137 
 
 but, with the exception of two old men, they 
 were all unarmed, and the latter handed 
 over their rifles at once on being asked to 
 do so by the adv^ance-guard. They also 
 consented to guide us by a shorter path than 
 the cart-njad to Gondoque. We followed 
 them and found they were quite right. We 
 halted, formed a camp, and sent for the 
 neighbouring chiefs, only one of whom 
 turned up that evening, the remainder not 
 being at home. At Gondoque we found 
 Mr. West's storekeeper still there, but his 
 supply of provisions had almost disappeared. 
 This was a disappointment, for the men of 
 the patrol had travelled with as little im- 
 pedimenta as possible, and had taken only 
 enough rations to last until they could reach 
 Gondoque. believing that once there we 
 would be able to get supplies. As all traffic, 
 however, had been stopped for some time, 
 Mr. West had not been able to obtain any 
 footl-stuffs from Victoria. All he could 
 furnish us with was an ox or two and a few 
 bags of mealies. The latter were very ac- 
 
 t[; 
 
"I 
 
 S M 
 
 r'j I 
 
 •38 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 ceptable for the horses and the men also, 
 for they had to boil them and use them in 
 lieu of bread for the next few days. 
 
 Early on the morning of the 22nd, 
 M'Kati, one of M'Tipi's sons, came down 
 to speak with me. We had a short indaba, 
 and he left to send off messengers to bring 
 the other chiefs together. As soon as 
 M'Kati left I moved the men up to West's 
 store and formed a camp. The verandah 
 round the store provided excellent shade, 
 and the men made the best of their stay to 
 rest after the rapid march A^e had made. 
 The grass close by was very good, and the 
 horses made the most of it. Altogether we 
 were comfortably off, and only wanted in- 
 formation as to the movements of the 
 colimin we were looking for to set us com- 
 pletely at rest. 
 
 M'Kati knew our prisoner, said he was 
 one of the tribe and a good man. He was 
 released at once. 
 
 About 8 a.m. Umcheti, the eldest son of 
 M'Tipi, turned up with a small following. 
 
M'TIPrS PEOPLE 
 
 139 
 
 He said he had not heard of any column 
 coming up from TuH, and he volunteered 
 to send off six of his young men to look 
 for it and brinijf back information. This 
 was at once done, the runners taking a 
 despatch from me to the officer commanding 
 the Tuli column. 
 
 On the 23rd we remained at Gondoque. 
 A great many (jf the natives came from the 
 surrounding country and brought presents 
 of mealies, potatoes, &c., to us. This 
 assured us to a certain extent that they were 
 friendly, but we could gain no inf(jrmation 
 from them, either about the column we 
 expected to meet or the rebellion. This 
 made me rather uneasy, and inclined to 
 mistrust them altogether. 
 
 On Sunday, the 24th, three of M'Tipi's 
 sons, with a following of about seventy 
 men, turned up, unarmed. Umcheti, the 
 eldest, represented his father, and said that 
 he had been instructed by the latter to 
 come and u'reet the white chief and offer 
 the services of M'Tipi and his followers. 
 
 il 
 
I40 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 1 
 
 , 
 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 ! 
 
 Ri> 
 
 \ 
 I / 
 
 H . 
 
 He said, " The white man knows that my 
 father's people have been friendly to the 
 white pe(3ple. We have kept the roads 
 open, and have always given food and catlle 
 to the white man when passing through our 
 country, and when the white man went into 
 Matabeleland to fight the Matabele Impis 
 two years ago we also wished to give 
 assistance, and you know that a party of 
 us went with five policemen as far as 
 Godhlwayo's, and brought back the coach 
 mules which the Matabele took from this 
 district. We were very much annoyed 
 then because the white men would not let 
 us fight, so that we could prove our 
 loyalty. We have all looked at the induna 
 in charge of the white men here now, but 
 we do not kn(jw him, or remember ever 
 having seen him before, although we know 
 several of his followers" (here Umcheti 
 poiiued to Posselt, Carruthers, Lyle, and 
 several others) "and we are glad that 
 they remember us and know that we are 
 speaking the truth, and they will tell their 
 
UMCHETI OFFERS HELP 
 
 141 
 
 chief that they know us, so that he may 
 understand we are loyal. Harry " (i)oint- 
 Ing to Posselt) "has told me you are 
 very angry with my father's people because 
 they have not given you any information. 
 It is not their fault. They were ordered 
 not to say anything until the chiefs came 
 to have a proper indalxi with you, and 
 now we have come, and our instructions 
 are to tell the white chief all we know and 
 give him all the assistance in our power." 
 I thanked Umchcti, and asked him to tell 
 me everything he knew about the rebellion 
 and what had taken place in Matabeleland. 
 The first part of his story was pretty much 
 what we had heard from Buluwayo and 
 Victoria, and was not of special interest. 
 He introduced his brother M'Kati, saying, 
 "As my brother is more active than I, 
 being younger, he may have a more 
 interesting narrative for you." M'Kati took 
 his seat in the centre of the circle and said, 
 "This boy, Tshaleja, and several others of 
 my tribe have been away for some days 
 
 
 ■f/i 
 
 tl 
 
142 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 i 
 
 \\ i« 
 
 {I 
 
 scouting and watching' the movements of 
 the Matabele in the district to the north of 
 our own councry, that is the Weza district, 
 and they tell us there are two small Impis 
 south of Belingwe — one in the Weza and 
 Mapelabana about two hundred strong. 
 They are collecting cattle and grain and 
 trying to force the natives there to take up 
 arms against the white nian. They have 
 also ordered all the grain to be reaped and 
 stored for them at different places in the 
 Weza range 'A hills towards Inyamandi's 
 kraal. Inyamandi, as you must know, is a 
 Maholi and an agent of the Matabele, and 
 his people are dangerous to the white people 
 at present. The other Impi is close to 
 Belingwe. It is much stronger, and had a 
 great many women and children with it, 
 most of whom have come from Godhlwayo 
 and thj Lower Inseza. There are also a 
 great many Matabele women located in the 
 hills close to M'Posi's. The hills they are 
 located in are called 'Sibua.' These women 
 are there for the purpose of gathering grain 
 
M'KATPS STORY 
 
 '43 
 
 and storinij^ it at convenient places in case it 
 should be wanted by the lar^e Impis who 
 are n(jw in the Matopos. There are two 
 of them — one on the hills close to the Tuli 
 Buluwayo road and the other further west 
 and close to the Palapye Buluwayo road. 
 The Matabele say these Impis will flight the 
 columns of the white men and beat them 
 if possible, but if they are beaten instead 
 one Impi will retreat down the Guai River, 
 and get into the thick thorn bush country 
 where the whites will not be able to follow, 
 and the other Impi will retreat by Shamba, 
 through the Mapelabana, Weza, and Inya- 
 mandis, and on to Gazaland. This Impi 
 will take all the cattle, because they will 
 live in Gazaland, and this is the reason they 
 have their women and children already along 
 this probable line of retreat. You have 
 now been told all we know about the 
 Matabele and their intentions. We have 
 not heard of any Impi of white men coming- 
 this way, but believe that there is one 
 coming when the white man says so." 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
|l 'i! ' 
 
 144 
 
 THE MAT An RLE REBELLION 
 
 I I,: 
 
 If 1 
 
 J ^ 
 
 % 
 
 I 
 
 n i 
 
 I ag"ain thanked the chiefs and their 
 followers, and told them I would make a 
 good report of them t(^ the head chief of 
 the white men, and finished by saying that 
 when the column came up I would want 
 three hundred of their young men to go 
 with me and fight the Matabele. Umcheti 
 said, "The three hundred men will be 
 ready, armed with the rifles they had 
 received from the great white chief several 
 years ago when the white man first passed 
 through this country, but as their ammuni- 
 tion was finished I would have to supply 
 that." I promised them all the ammunition 
 they would want and the indaba ended. 
 
 The chiefs and several of the older 
 men stayed with us for some time conver- 
 sing \ ith the men. The young men went 
 off at once towards their different kraals, 
 shouting their war-cries and having mimic 
 battles with each other on the way, 
 evidently delighted at the prospect of 
 havino- a chance of tryino^ their strcnoth 
 with their natural foes, the Matabele. 
 
their 
 
 
 M 
 
 II 
 
Mi 
 
 mn 
 
 m 
 
 .u 
 
 J 
 
 X 
 
OUR RUNNERS RETURN 
 
 145 
 
 :^^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 H 
 
 The runners who had been sent on to 
 meet the Tuli cokinin hatl not returned 
 or sent Ijack any messasj^e. It was (juite 
 evident the cokunn was at k'ast thirty mik's 
 off, and I theret(^re ck'cickd not to wait 
 any longer at Gondo(|ue, and j^ave orders 
 to march at 5.45 p.m. The moon was 
 nearly full and the night cool, so that 
 marching" was much more comfortable 
 during the night than through the day. 
 Takinu" the old coach road from Gon- 
 doque to Tuli we got along at a smart pace 
 for about three miles when the pole of 
 the Maxim carriage broke short off. This 
 brought us to a halt until another was cut 
 from the bush and fitted. This (){)eration 
 delayed us about an hour, and whilst the 
 repairs were going on, two of the runners 
 turned up. They reported they had been as 
 far as Goma, about thirty miles ahead, but 
 had not seen or heard of the column we 
 were expecting. Moreover, they had over- 
 taken two Basuto police, belonging to the 
 
 Chartered Company's service, who had 
 
 10 
 
 
14^) 
 
 THE MATAIiELE REBELLION 
 
 m 
 
 i 'I 
 
 Ll!! 
 
 been sent out from I'uli, to scout the 
 country as far as M'Tipl's, and they 
 denied any knowledj^e of a cohimn of 
 men coniiiiL^ towards us. They said all 
 waj^'ons and men were sent on from Tuli 
 by the Semokwe roatl to Huluwayo. The 
 day before they left Tuli, thirty waj^ons and 
 a lot of men had left for Ikiluwayo by 
 the route mentioned. This was rather dis- 
 heartenini>" information. I was very much 
 afraid that circumstances had occurred in 
 other parts of the country sufficient to 
 cause the Tuli-Victoria column to be 
 sent in another direction. I was rather 
 sad over this, but determined to march on 
 to Tuli, if need be, and perhaps arrange 
 there to get another column to go into 
 Belingwe. 
 
 We reached M'Tijji's at 10.15 P-""'-* ^nd . 
 bivouacked for the night. Starting off 
 again the following morning before day- 
 break we arrived at " iln'c River 
 shortl) after 8 si d there to 
 
 rest the men a.ul gi c the horses the 
 
AT liUIiYR RIVER 
 
 I 
 
 •47 
 
 benefit of the jj^ood jrnizlnj^ alonj^ the 
 river banks. On the march I was sur- 
 prised to find most of the native kraals 
 deserted and no sitj^ns of natives about. 
 This made us suspicious, and naturally a 
 sharj) look-out was kept. We marched 
 on aj^ain at 4.45 [).m., the horses beinj^' in 
 very <^n:)()d form, but the men rather out 
 of sorts. The boiled mealies were not 
 airreeinu" with them, and I was afraid the 
 bad water we had to use alono- the nnite 
 would cause dysentery. I remembered that 
 the same feeding' occasioned a great deal 
 of illness amongst the men on the Bubye 
 patrol towards the close (3f the 1893 war. 
 I was therefore mcjst anxious to get to 
 Tuli or meet the column, so that the men 
 miiiht have a chanoe of food, and had 
 proposed to make three long marches 
 during the night, ex|)ecting to be within 
 thirty miles of Tuli by daybreak. The 
 country we were marching through was 
 covered with thick bush, and the onlv 
 signs of human beings about, except 
 
 11 
 
 
8* I 
 
 148 
 
 THE M ATA BE I. K REBELLION 
 
 ourselves, was the spoor of what we 
 presumed were the Hasuto police, who 
 had been carefully followed up by a pack 
 of lions from the Hubye River. This was 
 a source of speculation and amusement for 
 the men. The offchance of comino' up 
 with the pack helped to break the mono- 
 tony of the march. However no lions 
 made their appearance, but towards sunset 
 the advance files si^^nalled the halt, and 
 one came back to report the discovery of 
 fresh tracks of horses on the rqad in front. 
 This was much more interestinLT. 
 
 i, ti 
 
S/CNS OF APPROACHING COLUMN 
 
 149 
 
 CHAPTER X 
 
 Approach of the Tuli cohimn — Our advuiicc I'lks arc 
 challcnj^cd — Tlic cohiinn is met — Captain IJrabaiit 
 arrives with despatches from Karl (Irey — Setoulsi's — 
 Scarcity of water — Reorganisation of force — " May " — 
 Stren<<th of cohimn. 
 
 I RODE forwiird with the :idvance files and 
 f(jund that two horses had crme alono;' 
 from the \v\\\ direction as far as the point 
 where we were and the-n they had turned 
 back a_i;ain. It at once occurred to nie that 
 the scouts from the advance party of the 
 column had been as far forward as this, but 
 what distance they were m advance of the 
 column it was not possible to jud^e. 
 
 Our march was resumed at once, and was 
 continued until 6.45 p.m., when I decided to 
 halt for a time. I had ridden ahead with the 
 advance files the i^reater })art of the way 
 from the point where it was observed that 
 the horses had turned rouiid. and when we 
 
 %\ 
 
I50 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 halted to close up we thought we could hear 
 noises in front, but they were so indistinct 
 that we were inclined at first to put them 
 down to our imagination. Nevertheless, we 
 were induced to advance a little further, and 
 soon became quite certain that there were 
 people a short way in front of us We pro- 
 ceeded cautiously for another half-mile, and 
 could then see camp fires, and felt certain we 
 had struck the advance of our relief column. 
 I had just instrLicted Trooper Mitchell to 
 ride forward a little way and challenge to 
 draw the attention of their sentries in case 
 of accident, when we were surprised by a 
 challenge, in good English, from behind a 
 large ant-heap on our left fn^nt, and by 
 a second challenoe from the bush on our 
 ricrht front. We, of course, answered in the 
 usual manner, and then our friends, eight in 
 number, showed themselves. They were all 
 round us in skirmishing order, and it was 
 just as well we were friends. They had 
 been out digging in the dry river-bed, close 
 by, for water, and had heard us before we 
 
MEET THE SCOUTS 
 
 151 
 
 a 
 
 our 
 
 th 
 
 c 
 
 in 
 all 
 Iwas 
 jhad 
 llose 
 
 we 
 
 had heard them. Not expectincr to meet 
 any one, they at once sent word l^ack to 
 camp, had their horses in, and took to the 
 bush in order to tind out who we were. The 
 sergeant in charge reported that the scouts, 
 twenty strong, under Mr. Natrass, were 
 encamped there for the night, and were 
 making water-holes for the horses and mules 
 of the column to drink at when they arrived 
 the following morning. The column was 
 laagered up about eight miles behind. This 
 was, indeed, very pleasant inforniation, ar.d 
 by the time it had been delivered my patrol 
 had closed up, and we marched on to the 
 camp with our comrades. I was very pleased 
 to see a ureat many well-known faces amouLi" 
 the scouts of the column — faces I had seen 
 in .several tight corners before — and I believe 
 the hearty greetings which passed between 
 old comrades in both parties sent a glow 
 of enthusiasm through the hearts of all who 
 were present. h'or myself, I scanned the 
 sunburnt countenances of the advance party, 
 .shown up, as they were, by the glinurering 
 
 :1 - 
 
52 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 lii^'ht from their camp fires, with a more 
 intense interest, I beHeve, than any one else. 
 To me they were more than old and trusty 
 comrades. They were the men I had been 
 ordered to meet, command, and lead to the 
 VA\i[ of the campaign: The thouL^ht passed 
 through my brain as I watched them cooking* 
 and handino- round a liberal share of their 
 rations to the men of my patrol, that if 
 these were a fair sample vA the men com- 
 posing- the relief column, no matter what 
 hardships were in front of them they would 
 prove equal to overcoming' them, if it were 
 possible, and I wished from my heart then 
 that I mioht be enabled to lead them care- 
 fully and successfully, without sacrificing" any 
 of them unnecessarily. 
 
 Many were the questions asked and an- 
 swered round the canip fires that evening', 
 and many a strono" expression escaped the 
 lips when the brutal slaughter of some old 
 pal was related. The nun'ders of women 
 'ind children were commented upon, and 
 condemned in anythini^ but modest terms 
 
 i 
 
I 
 
 WITH THE COLUMN 
 
 153 
 
 by all, and it \ as very evident that the 
 dearest wish of every one was to meet with 
 and punish the murderers. 
 
 Ab(3Ut an hour after our arrival Lieutenant 
 Yonoe, accompanied by Captain Brabant, 
 rode in and reported themselves. Lieutenant 
 Yonoe was in charge of the column. He had 
 little to state further than that the column 
 had been delayed at Tuli three days over the 
 original time fixed for startino-, and that the 
 horses and mules were sufferinir very much 
 and dyini;' from horse-sickness. Captain 
 Bralxmt had just ridden from ruluwayo via 
 Manovve, Semokwe, and Tuli, with de- 
 spatches from Earl Grey, the Administrator. 
 The despatches simply L;ave me the entire 
 command of the column with instructions to 
 use it to the best advantage in (|uellin<4- the 
 rebellion. Captain Brabant was to remain 
 with me and hel[) to organise any native 
 levies I mi^ht wish to have employed. I 
 was delighted to have Brabant with me, 
 
 be 
 
 cause, 
 
 I bel 
 
 leve, ,.wi 
 
 thout 
 
 exception, 
 
 he 
 
 IS 
 
 one of the best leaders of native troops i 
 
 n 
 
 VI 
 
154 
 
 THE MATARELE RETiEIJJON 
 
 i:l 
 
 Soulh Africci. He had proved himself such 
 on many occasions, and diirino- the 1H93 war 
 was invaluable. 
 
 Away from despatches, his narrative of 
 what had been done and was beini;- done 
 was most interestini^ information, eagerly 
 soui^ht after, and very acceptable to iis who 
 had been caged up so long in Belingwe. 
 The list of those murdered and missino" was 
 much greater than we anticipated, and left 
 an impression on every mind anything but 
 amicable to the rebels. To say th'it we were 
 shocked would be putting it very niildly. 
 Disgust took the place of surprise, and 
 revenge was the most natural sentiment 
 under such revolting circumstances. Captain 
 Brabant was very tired, having ridden 270 
 miles in less than nine days, picking up fresh 
 horses and rations wherever available along 
 his route, which was anything but a con- 
 venient one. After Lieutenant Yonge had 
 rested his horse for a time he rode back 
 atifain to brino- on the column the followini>' 
 mornini*'. 
 
A J' SKTOUrSI'S 
 
 155 
 
 On the morning- of May 26th the reHef 
 column arrived at Setoutsi's, where I took 
 over command from Lieutenant Yonijfe. The 
 strength was about 130 white men, 70 Cape 
 boys, 150 horses, 25 wagons, and 350 mules. 
 The latter, thanks to " Doel " Zeederberg, 
 were in lirst-class order. The horses were 
 a very mixed lot, and not in very good 
 condition. The wagons were loaded with 
 provisions and munitions of war, and eight 
 of their number were under orders for Vic- 
 toria for the g'arrison there. The horses and 
 mules had suffered from want of water during 
 the march on the day previous to reaching 
 Setoutsi. At this point the dams made by 
 the advance party had collected enough to 
 water them all well. 
 
 After takino- over command I decided to 
 rest that day and organise the force. Three 
 mounted troops were formed, namely, Maxim 
 Troop, under Colonel Hopper, with Lieu- 
 tenant Stoddart ; A Troop under Lieutenant 
 Yonge, with Lieutenant Ikites; B Troop under 
 Lieutenant Beisly, with Lieutenant Hell. 
 

 ] 1 
 
 156 
 
 r//Ji M AT A BE I. E REBEUJON 
 
 ■w 
 
 r^ach of the above troo|)s were about thirty 
 strong. The remainder of the white men 
 formed an infantry or laaij^er troop. The 
 Cape boys, some seventy stron^^', were also 
 formed into a laaj^er troop Hnder Lieutenant 
 Donald Campbell, with Lieutenants Howe 
 and Moore. Lieutenant W. Lynch was ap- 
 pointed chief of the scouts. The remainder 
 of the force was told off to conduct the 
 eight wagons to Victoria under Captain 
 Sporssell. 
 
 Lieutenant Chi vers was appointed re- 
 mount officer, and Lieutenant Lichtenstein 
 ("Jumbo") Quartermaster. Mr. H, Posselt 
 was appointed Lieutenant to assist Ca[)tain 
 l^rabant with the native levies, and Troopers 
 Carruthers and Sol. they were attached to 
 their staff. 
 
 On inspection of the men I found I knew 
 a great many of theni. They had come 
 from all parts of South Africa to render 
 assistance to their countrymen in distress. 
 Many had given up lucrative employment in 
 the Transvaal and elsewhere to answer the 
 
COLUMN ON 77 fE MARCH 
 
 '57 
 
 Ccill for aid. -.md, takino- them all in all, they 
 were a first-class lot to look at, and I had 
 every confidence they would do the work in 
 front of them well. 
 
 Captain Brabant, Lieutenant Posselt, and 
 
 Trooper West rode ahead on the afternoon 
 
 of the 26th to M'Tipi's to find out what was 
 
 going on there and gather the feeling of the 
 
 natives now that they had had time to think 
 
 over the prospect of a fight with the Matabele. 
 
 On the morning of the 27th the reorganised 
 
 column, with the Victoria convoy in front, 
 
 marched from Setoutsi, and reached the 
 
 Bubye River in the first trek. The column 
 
 marched again during the afternoon, and 
 
 laagered for the night on the west bank of 
 
 the Umqu(}e River. 
 
 On the following morning, the 28th. 
 M'Tipi's was reached and laager formed by 
 8 a.m. I resolved to remain here lonp- 
 enough to give the men some drill and 
 musketry practice, whilst the M'Tipi con- 
 tingent was being got ready. 
 
 The Victoria convoy marched on ai 
 
 ! U 
 
 n 
 
 
 ii IJl 
 
158 
 
 TFfE MATABRI.E RR HE I.I. ION 
 
 n 
 
 ■ ffl 
 
 ; nil 
 
 1 , 
 
 » 
 
 i ,' 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 i . 
 
 ■ij 
 
 ' 1 
 
 ! 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 1' 
 
 . 
 
 tliirino- the afternoon, but before this took 
 plcicc Captain Brabant had returned and 
 reported that he beheved the M'Tij)! natives 
 loyal and very friendly but disinclined to 
 take the field ; that he had not pressed this 
 point on them, and that as the indunas were 
 comino' to have an indaba with me shortly 
 perhaps an understanding^ would be arrived 
 at then. That the natives were very friendly 
 was evidenced from the fact that the women 
 and children brought down presents of food, 
 &c., to us, and chatted quite freely, apparently 
 not in the least alarmed. This led me to 
 believe that the men meant well, because if 
 they had intended mischief the women would 
 have been kept well out of the way. 
 
 Shortly after Umcheti came up with several 
 minor chiefs, the |)rincipal one of whom was 
 a man named " May," who had served with 
 the British in Zululand, Hasutoland, and also 
 at Sekonis. He spoke English, and remem- 
 bered Sir Garnet Wolseley and Sir E. Wood, 
 and most of the principal officers. Umcheti 
 said, " rhis man will represent me, as 1 am 
 
NATIVES VERY FRIENDLY 
 
 159 
 
 too old to g'o to the front myself. He will 
 lead (jiie hundred of my youn^- men, but 
 M'Kati, my brother, will have the supreme 
 command of all M'Tipi's men under you." 
 
 I thanked Umcheti, and said, "Where are 
 your brother and the other chiefs, and where 
 are the three hundred men ? I expected to 
 find them here, according' to y(uir promise 
 of last Sunday." 
 
 He answered, "As soon as you ^ive the 
 order for them to come here I will send for 
 them. M'Kati is now at his kraal ten miles 
 away waiting- your orders. He will come at 
 once, and by the time he is here all the 
 others will have come. They will all be 
 here before midday to-morrow." 
 
 I auain thanked Umcheti and i>ave the 
 necessary orders, and at dusk that evening 
 on the top of every hill a beacon fire was 
 lit and answered by others from every hill 
 in the district for a good ten miles around. 
 
 The followin^r mornini,^ the men were 
 paraded shordy after sunrise for skirmishing- 
 drill, and aoain at i i a.m., when ball cart- 
 
 'iv 
 
 ^ !< 
 
 ! f 
 
I Go 
 
 THE MATAliELE REBELLION 
 
 rldi^^c was served out to them for rifle priic- 
 tice. A larj^e rock ljackL;roun(l was fixed on 
 to fire up airainst. aiul smaller ones pointed 
 out to fire at. The different troops were 
 j)ut through a practical skirmish, and the 
 shootin^^ was very j^ood. On the whole I 
 was quite satisfied with the performance. 
 Whilst this work had been goini^ on M'Ti[)i's 
 men had been rolling" up in small detach- 
 ments from every direction, all of them 
 armed, the "greater portion with Martini- 
 Henry rifles, and the remainder with the old 
 Enfield of different patterns, assegais, and 
 battleaxes. The fighting men kept away 
 by themselves, and were a fine lot of ycjung 
 warriors. They were very quiet and orderly, 
 and seemed to take no notice of anything 
 outside their own lines. With them came 
 many others of all sorts, from the grey- 
 bearded, limping old man down to the child 
 in arms. The women and children brought 
 presents of potatoes, milk, &c., to the men, 
 and showed any amount of friendliness. 
 
 About 2 p.m. M'Kati turned up in full 
 
o 
 
 o 
 
 ^m 
 
 m 
 
( 
 
 iM 
 
 
 (i 
 
 
 f 1 
 
 i 
 
A STRANGE INTER VIE IV 
 
 i6i 
 
 war-paint, which consisted of an old frock- 
 coat, a very old silk hat, and a strong" 
 walking-stick. He wore the happiest of 
 smiles, and altogether seemed to be in the 
 best of humours. He re{)orted that all of 
 his nien had not turned up. but that they 
 would be present before the sun set. 1 
 asked him how he and his followers liked 
 the idea of hghtin^- the rebels. He answered, 
 " If you will only let us fight when we get 
 to them, you will be able to form your own 
 opinion as to our likes and dislikes. All 
 I can say at present is that my people and 
 myself have every reason to hate the Mata- 
 bele. They have been our mortal enemies 
 for years, and we only wish to have the 
 chance of paying them back in part for 
 the harm thev have done us on several 
 occasions." I replied, " V(Ty well, M'Kati. 
 1 shall do my best to let you and your 
 followers have full satisfaction, but vou must 
 keep 'iii-S" young men of yours imder firm 
 control, olherwise they may spoil our [)lans. 
 Captain Brabant will draw ammunition for 
 
 II 
 
1 62 
 
 THE MATABKLE REBELLION 
 
 your men and they must be ready to march 
 at daybreak to-morrow." 
 
 Towards dusk a council of war was held, 
 to decide upon the best route to take for 
 Belinowe. There was every reason to 
 suppose that the rebels would have blocked 
 the route which we came by, as it was the 
 only route used by the white men to get in 
 with their wagons through the Mapelabana 
 Mountains (which to my mind are an ex- 
 tension of the Matopos). The Basuto chiefs 
 said they knew of another easier and more 
 direct nuite. along which wagons had already 
 i^one to Helini>"we, and that it would be 
 shorter and cjuicker to strike straight {\^... 
 where we were for Belingwe. The native 
 continoent would cut the trees down and 
 clear the way where necessary. This sug- 
 gestion appealed to me as being a good 
 idea to work on, and that for two reasons. 
 It would shorten our march by about twenty 
 miles, and as the new route would be about 
 tweWe to fifteen miles east of the old one, 
 the chances were that we would be close to 
 
APKATI 
 
 163 
 
 Is. 
 
 fy 
 
 o 
 
 the worst part of the country we had to 
 pass through, before the rebels knew of our 
 intention. They were ahnost certain to 
 watch the route we had come by, expecting 
 us to return that way. It was then arranged 
 that M'Kati should send off about twenty 
 of his most intelligent young warriors to act 
 as scouts and spies- They were instructed 
 to get in contact with the rebel spies if 
 possible, obtain all the information out of 
 them they could and misinform them as to 
 the movements of the column — in fact, if 
 they found it possible they were to deny any 
 knowledge of a column ccMiiing in that way 
 and were to lind out if the Matabele or their 
 allies knew of a convoy of wagons being 
 sent on to Victoria. If so, they were to 
 exaggerate the strength of it and not lose a 
 minute in sending back word to me if they 
 f^und the Matabele meant attacking it. 
 M'Kati said he felt certain there were no 
 Matabele spies among his peoj)le, and as 
 his country extended to the banks oi thv" 
 Nuanetsi River, which was about thirty miles 
 
164 
 
 THE M ATA B RLE REBELLION 
 
 north of our present position, he was sure 
 no Matabele would be found south of it, 
 and that they would be it^norant of our 
 movements until we were in si<>ht of the 
 river. He concluded by sayino-, " My 
 father's men have all been warned to keep 
 their eyes open and their mouths shut, and 
 where the Matabele are concerned you can 
 depend upon them follov/in^- the advice of 
 their chietV 
 
 Everything was ready for the march now. 
 Lieutenant Lynch and his scouts had gone 
 on in front with a li<>ht wa^on to mark out 
 the way and select convenient places for 
 laaoerinj^. He was acc{)m])anied by Captain 
 Brabant and about Fifty of M'Tipi's men. 
 The remainder of them, close on three 
 hundred, stayed with the column. 
 
 I ■ 
 
 •> 
 
 
TJIE COLUMN 
 
 >n I 
 
 i6s 
 
 The streno-th of the c(ilumn as it now 
 stood was roLio-hly as follows :— 
 
 Staff 
 
 Officers. N.C.O. 
 
 Maxim 'l>oop 2 
 
 A Troop ... 2 
 
 B Troop ... 2 
 Laager 'I'roop 
 
 (including hospital) 
 
 Cape boys ... 3 
 
 Scouts I 
 
 Remount ... r 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 28 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 6 
 
 Horses. 
 8 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 29 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 10 
 
 -Mules. 
 4 
 
 224 
 
 ••I 3 (-sick) 35 (sick) 20 
 
 14 180 148 248 
 
 Sixteen wagons for transport. 
 
 Native contingent 
 
 White- Officers. N.C.O.'s Men. 
 ^ 2 330 
 
 V— |-j| 
 
fi 
 
 i>' 
 
 1 66 
 
 T//E MATAIiELE REBELLION 
 
 ( 
 
 j !im.-< 
 
 1 ll 
 
 •ii 
 
 CHAPTER XI 
 
 Coliiinii marches from M'Tipi's — The Umchimc River and 
 Sekombi's kraal — Indaba with Sekombi — M'Posi's men 
 and two hundred Matabele he in wait for the patrol 
 — Capture of a prisoner — The scouts have a short 
 skirmish — Mapelabana pass got through siifely — 
 M'Tipi's men score a victory. 
 
 THE march from M'Tipi's commenced 
 at 6.30 a.m. on the morning of 
 Saturday, the 30th of May. Lieutenant 
 Lynch and the scouts kept a ^ood trek 
 ahead for the first two days, making' a 
 road and selecting favourable watering- 
 places. So far nothing had happened to 
 indicate the presence of the enemy. 
 Several of the native scouts had come 
 back from different directions, and reported 
 that up to the points they had been to 
 there were no sii>ns of the Matabele. 
 
 The first march, on the morning of June 
 I St, brought us to the banks of the Um- 
 
mmmBUiVS 
 
 t 
 
 ^EKOMnrs NARRATIVE ,57 
 
 chime, about three miles to the east of Se- / 
 kombi's kraal. Sekombi came into laac^er 
 with M'Kati and gave the following- In- 
 formation -- namely, 'M am related to 
 MTipi by marriao-e, and live inside his 
 territor>. I and my people are loyal to 
 the white man. We will do what we can 
 to prove our loyalty, but don't wish to 
 leave our kraals now, because the Mata- 
 bele are close by and watchino- us. Yester- 
 day five of their scouts came close up to 
 my kraal, but they would not enter. They 
 were armed with Martini-Henry riHes and 
 cisseg-ais. They inquired for information in 
 regard to the movements of the white men 
 to the south. My people told them that 
 the white men had all passed on to Tuli. 
 They did not stay any longer, but went 
 off to the northward in the direction of 
 M'Posi. Some of my young men have 
 been over to M'Posi's kraal. M'Posi is 
 working with the Matabele, about two 
 hundred of whom are staying with him. 
 They have blocked the pass that you came 
 
IJ 
 
 1 68 
 
 THE MATAHELE REBELLION 
 
 m 
 
 throu^'h, and intend to surround y(ju in it 
 when you 5^0 back. If you had vvrdted 
 another hour the niornino- you left M'Posi's 
 kraal your party would have been sur- 
 rounded. You were followed until the 
 rebels heard the Maxim firing" at Dooboo- 
 lelo's kraal. This astonished them, because 
 they did not know you had a Maxim with 
 you, and they decided to wait for your 
 return, in the hopes of beinjj^ able to i^et 
 an advantage over your party. They have 
 set traps at several points alont^' the road, 
 but as you have come this way you have 
 avoided them. So far, I don't think — in 
 fact I am certain — they know your column 
 is here ; we did not know until this morn- 
 ing. We saw M'Tipi's scouts yesterday, 
 but thought they were only looking for 
 information for the tribe. In these war- 
 times scouts are always going and coming. 
 I told you before, I cannot let my men 
 leave their kraals, as our position is not 
 strong, and as the Matabele are on the 
 watch. If they found out we were assi.st- 
 
 *f 
 
^^ 
 
 ino- 
 Wh( 
 
 THE COLUMN MOVES 
 
 you they would be sure to attack 
 have 
 
 169 
 
 us. 
 
 len you nave passed on, all 1 and my 
 people can do will be to keep a strict 
 watch to the westward and let you know 
 li the Matabele intend attacking- from that 
 side. This my people can do without 
 drawino- the attention of the rebels on 
 themselves." 1 then oave the chief per- 
 mission to 00. He did not waste a 
 mmute, and was very soon (uit of sight. 
 M'Kati lauo-hed when he went, and said, 
 " lliat man is much more afraid of the 
 white man than of the Matabele. Al- 
 thouo-h he is married to my father's sister, 
 1 do not trust him, althouoh I believe he 
 has told the truth, especially about tlie 
 position of the rebels. I believe myself 
 they will be close by M'Posi's, expectino- 
 the column to come that way. They will 
 be sure to know to-ni-ht that the column 
 is comino- this route, and I am afraid we 
 will have to fio-ht throuo-h the other pass." 
 The column moved on again towards 
 evening, and laagered on the north bank 
 
 ',' <> 
 
I70 
 
 TffE MATAHRLR REBELIJON 
 
 i 
 
 of a small stream called " Matope," about 
 fourteen miles south of the entrance to the 
 pass. This ni<4ht the sentries were doubled, 
 but nothiui^" of any importance occurred. 
 
 Before marchint'" the followinu' mornin<>" 
 the country was well scouted by mounted 
 men and natives. I was anxious to locate 
 the rebels if possible, and 1 would have 
 been i^lad if they would have attacked us 
 on the Hats, although the latter were rather 
 thickly covered with bush. Just before 
 startini^- three of the natives came in and 
 reported that they hac^ been close up to 
 M'Posi's, and that all his people, with 
 about two hundred Matabele at their head, 
 were aw^aitin^" the column. They had heard 
 of it, and expected it to come through 
 MTosi's pass. That several of their com- 
 rades were still watchino" MTosi's, and 
 would come in as soon as the rebels made 
 a move. I decided to march on towards 
 the new pass, and sent a strong patrol in 
 the direction of M'Posi's to draw the at- 
 tention of the enemy, if possible, on to it. 
 
APPRO AC If OF Tlfli [MP I \^\ 
 
 The column moved forward at 8.30 a.m., 
 crossed the Weza rani^e, and laagered up 
 aj^ain at 9 a.m. until such time as the 
 scouts came back. When they returned 
 
 f 
 
 orted they had 
 
 aa seen no si^iis o 
 
 they reported tney 
 the Impi. We marched on attain about 
 three miles further, and oot on to what I 
 considered a very L;"()od position, laagered 
 up, and decided to show the rebels where 
 we were by sending" out small patrols to 
 destroy, by fire, all the kraals in the 
 vicinity. By doint;' this I h(jped to pro- 
 voke an attack. I was anxious to have 
 an enj^a^ement before going into the pass. 
 To a certain extent the ruse was success- 
 ful, and brcAight the Impi down from the 
 hills about three miles to our rioht. Our 
 native scouts, when they saw the tires lit 
 by the column, set fire to several kraals 
 close up to the position held by the 
 enemy, and afterwards had to run hard 
 to return to the laager. The Impi came 
 on, with the intenti(Mi of fighting, but 
 gave up the idea when they found out 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 V 
 
 // 
 
 {./ 
 
 &' 
 
 :^ Mi'.. 
 
 % 
 
 <? 
 
 
 f/j 
 
 fA 
 
 V] 
 
 ^ 
 
 /}. 
 
 % 
 
 <w^ 
 ^^^ 
 
 ^m 
 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 ^w.^ .^ 
 
 "^ 
 
 /(^ 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 ,50 '™= 
 
 ^^^« IIIIIM 
 
 ||M 
 
 Z2 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 IJ5 
 
 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 6" — 
 
 
 ► 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 fv. 
 
 
 4- 
 
 \ 
 
 «' 
 
 tv 
 
 # 
 
 \ 
 
 ^■.^ 
 
 6^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y 14580 
 
 (7»6) 872-4503 
 
 
k<? 
 
1! 
 
 
 1 ' f 
 
 ; I 
 
 \ 
 
 I 
 
 172 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 that instead of twenty white men, they 
 had a lar<^e column to attack. 
 
 On the morning of the 3rd, after scouting 
 the country in every direction, the column 
 marched straight forward again at 8 a.m., 
 across the Nuanetsi River, and laagered on 
 its north hank, about two miles south of 
 the entrance to the pass. 
 
 The country we passed through during 
 the mornino-'s march was one vast mealie 
 garden, the greater part of which was still 
 unreaped. The crops were very luxuriant, 
 and would prove of immense value to who- 
 soever could reap them. It was, therefore, 
 evidently part of my duty to stop any of 
 this "Tain from beinu" carried to the rebels 
 in the Matopos. The laager was formed 
 in a very strong position, and I did not 
 intend to move from it until I had had a 
 brush of some sort with the rebels. The 
 scouts came in shortly after laager was 
 formed and reported the road in front very 
 difficult and that the ridges of the hills were 
 lined by Kaffirs. I was still In hopes the 
 
 llii. 
 
REBELS IN SIGHT 
 
 173 
 
 enemy might attack, and sent out word to 
 the Cossack post and horse-guards to retire 
 at once if the enemy showed any inclination 
 to fight. Towards midday the outpcxsts 
 reported a strong body of natives assem- 
 bling on the top of a large flat hill about 
 two miles east of our position. Field-glasses 
 were brought to bear upon this spot, which 
 at ^^r'^t had about three hundred natives on 
 it in oi '•'". Before sundown their numbers 
 had increased, until the hill was quite black 
 from one end to the other, but it was impos- 
 sible to estimate the number oi people on it. 
 U then appeared to me that the rebels did 
 not intend attacking us in laager. They 
 evidently wanted to pounce on us in some 
 difficult part. Of course the large numbers 
 we had seen during the day made the 
 sentries more vigilant than ever, and as 
 most of the men had had a good day's rest, 
 very few slept during that night. I noticed 
 this from the fact that I went round the 
 camp frequently during the night. I hiid 
 
 pre 
 
 vious 
 
 ly, h 
 
 ( )wev 
 
 er, formed an idea that if 
 
I 
 
 I 
 
 4 \ 
 
 %. 
 
 l.\ 
 
 i. 
 
 1. n 
 
 : '. 
 
 174 
 
 r//A' MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 ii-^^ 
 
 the natives had meant to fight they would 
 not have shown up at all until they com- 
 menced to attack, and in this idea M'Kati 
 coincided with me. He said he thought 
 they wanted to frighten the white men by 
 their numbers, but did not want to come 
 near the guns. The position we held was 
 one that could be seen from some distance, 
 and towards morning I decided to send on 
 a mounted troop and the native contingent, 
 under Captain Brabant, to make a feint on 
 the position held by the rebels. A Troop, 
 under Lieutenant Yonire, and the native 
 contingent w^re accordingly detailed for this 
 purpose, and left at about 4 a.m. They got 
 close up to the rebel position, but more 
 than half an hour too late to catch them 
 at rest. M'Tipi's boys tried to rush the 
 enemy, but the rebels, seeing the horsemen 
 behind, elected to retreat after firing a few 
 sht)ts. M'Tipi's boys followed them up for 
 some distance, took (3ne prisoner and a few 
 cattle and sheep, which they brought back 
 with them. The prisoner, on being ques- 
 
RECONNOITRING 
 
 175 
 
 tioned, said, " The Matabele had left about 
 sundown the night before, and gone on to 
 Belingwe Peak to bring on the Impi lying 
 there to block the pass, and that the natives 
 of Mapelabana were all loyal." This latter 
 statement we knew to be untrue, as the men 
 had reported that the huts where they had 
 been to were full of stores belonging to 
 white people, such, for example, as boxes 
 of tea, bags of sugar, candles, &c., and in 
 one was a chest full of white woman's 
 wearing apparel. 
 
 Whilst the sham attack was going on 
 the scouts were in front trying to find the 
 pass, but were unsuccessful. As soon as 
 the mounted troops returned I went with 
 a party of ** B " Troop, mounted, to recon- 
 noitre the pass, taking two of M'l'ipi's boys 
 along with us. They succeeded in finding 
 the proper path, and I was very glad to 
 notice the old spoor of a wagon which had 
 passed probably the year before. The road 
 was easy enough, but lined on either side 
 by rugged granite hills covered with thick 
 
 
 U 1 
 
It'; 
 
 l| ' 
 
 !..,- 1 
 
 'M 
 
 mM ' 
 
 i I 
 .; 1 
 
 176 r//E MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 bush. When we had ufone about five 
 miles, and could almost see the other side 
 of the hills, we were startled by shots on 
 our left. This was the scouts on the left 
 flank engaged with some Kaffirs, who took 
 to the bush after a few shots were fired. 
 A little way ahead of where we were I 
 could see the valley open out un<^il it was 
 nearly a mile broad. This was encouraging, 
 and I determined to march the column in at 
 daybreak the following morning. Accord- 
 ingly on the 5th it started at daybreak, and 
 took three and a half hours to reach the 
 open valley sighted the night before. There 
 we laagered in a good position, with one 
 flank up to the rocks, and open ground in 
 front, rear, and right tlank. The scouts had 
 come in contact with a few^ natives, but they 
 took to their caves, saying that the Matabele 
 had <>one on to Belinuwe. The scouts 
 had been two miles further ahead than 
 the point where the column halted, and 
 reported difficult roads, but more open 
 flats. 
 
M'POSI 
 
 177 
 
 As soon as the horses and mules had had 
 a drink and the men had had time to make 
 a cup of coffee we marched on again. Half 
 of MTipi's boys were sent on in front, and 
 the remainder, on the right and left flank, 
 manned the rocky hills on either side of our 
 route, and we succeeded in getting through 
 the pass without firing a shot. This was 
 much better fortune than any of us antici- 
 pated. The column marched on about two 
 miles north of the pass, and laagered for 
 the night in open country, with good grazing 
 for the cattle and good water for all. It was 
 a great relief to my anxious mind to see the 
 column safely laagered in the open flats at 
 the southern end of the Belingwe Moun- 
 tains, and, as we afterwards learned from the 
 prisoners captured, good fortune favoured 
 the column to a most valuable extent in this 
 way. 
 
 I learned that M'Posi had not taken any 
 
 active hand himself in the ransacking of 
 
 the miners' camps in the Belingwe district, 
 
 although se\'eral of his followers were with 
 
 12 
 
178 
 
 THE MATAHELE REBELLION 
 
 i 
 
 11 
 
 ; 
 
 \ ii 
 
 11 
 
 ) I 
 
 ) 
 
 M 
 
 ll* -?\ 
 
 i ' * 
 
 y 
 
 I 
 
 thf3 rebels, but as they were in the minoritj^ 
 and without a leader the {)th<.r sections led 
 by their chiefs, namely, Wedza, Mapelabana, 
 and Um'Nyati, Senda, and Selemba, took 
 advantaL(e of the circumstances and sent 
 M'Posi's men back with scant courtesy 
 and less loot. This, happily for us, led to 
 dissension amono- the rebels in the M'Patini, 
 when it came to a matter of fiijfhtinir the 
 white column. M'Posi, beini^ the principal 
 local chief and responsible, as I have already 
 mentioned, to the Matabele for the actions 
 of his tribe, was very much incensed against 
 his neighbours who, under the old rdgime 
 of Lobengula, were subordinate to him 
 under all circumstances. When we passed 
 through his territory, followed up by a body 
 of about two hundred Matabele, he decided 
 to work in conjunction with them and destroy 
 us it possible, on our return, without the 
 assistance of the neighbouring chiefs, who 
 were threatened with a severe chastisement 
 as soon as the white men had been driven 
 out of the country. The Matabele leaders 
 
 '•t- 
 
 illr: 
 
MATAIiELE DECISION 
 
 '79 
 
 had taken a prominent part in all this, and 
 it was only when they f(jund we had chanj>ed 
 our route that they discovered their blunder, 
 because when it came to the point of war, 
 M'Posi's people were more pleased than 
 disappointed to find that their neij^hbours 
 who had treated them so badly were likely 
 to suffer more from the white column than 
 themselves ; and when the Matabele urcred 
 them on to attack the column, durinj^ the 
 afternoon we fired the kraals alono- the Usza 
 valley, M'Posi's men would only come as 
 far as their own boundary. 
 
 When the Matabele found that M'Posi 
 was obdurate, they decided to let him stay 
 and look after his own land, and sta'ted 
 off to the westward to raise the men 
 belonging to Mapelabana, Senda, and others, 
 but as they were limited to time, and as 
 the threats they had sent on a few days 
 before still rankled in the breasts of the 
 people they now wanted to assist them, 
 they practically failed to get up an organisa- 
 tion sufficiently enthusiastic to tackle the 
 
P 'Mi 
 
 1'?' ! 
 
 t' 1 
 
 i ' 
 
 ■I 
 
 Ir' 
 
 ^n 
 
 
 . ; i < 
 
 ^ i 
 
 ■ '■ ■ 
 
 * 
 
 X' ( 
 
 i 
 
 ^ t , 
 
 M 
 
 180 
 
 r/j^^" M ATA HE I. E REHEI.IJON 
 
 column. They did, however, succeed in 
 <j^atherino- about five hundred men together 
 on the top of the hill close to Senda's, but 
 as none of the head chiefs turned up the 
 greater part of the Matabele decided to 
 rush back to Belingwe as soon as possible 
 in order to obtain the assistance of the 
 remainder of the Impi lying there. 
 They left about ten of their number 
 with the force that Captain Brabant and 
 Lieutenant Yonoe attacked, on the mornint)^ 
 of the 4th, and we were subsequently told 
 that nine of them were killed by M'Tipi's 
 men in a narrow pass which they were 
 trying to defend. While Senda's men were 
 driving some cattle and sheep away, M'Tipi's 
 men managed to cut off their retreat and 
 put an end to them and a few of Senda's 
 men who were with them defendinof the 
 pass. Only one of M'Tipi's men was killed. 
 He was shot through the head ; but this 
 was considered a very trivial affair by his 
 comrades, who succeeded in capturing a 
 good many cattle and sheep, as well as all 
 
M'KA 7TS SA'flX 
 
 i8i 
 
 the rifles and ammunition of the Matabele 
 and those with them. When they returned 
 to camp they were very elated with their 
 success and did a war-dance in front of 
 the laager, rushing up to where a few of 
 the white officers were sitting, and shouting, 
 ''Now the white induna knows we can 
 fight and beat our enemies." 
 
 Trooper Anderson who, during the 
 excitement of the attack, had gone on 
 with M'Tipi's boys and kept with them 
 all through the pursuit, reported that 
 M'Kati showed great skill in handling 
 his men and sent the party that cut off 
 the disorganised rebels by a circuitous 
 route under his son who knew every inch 
 of the country. When the movement was 
 complete the rebels were fairly hemmed 
 into a narrow gorge between two perpen- 
 dicular walls, from which it was impossible 
 to escape. They were rushed by M'l^ipi's 
 men from both ends, and the fight did not 
 last more than a few minutes. I was, of 
 course, delighted with the result, and would 
 
 ■ r 
 
r' 
 
 I'i 
 
 ■ I 
 [■ft 
 
 182 
 
 TlfE M ATA BE I. E RE HELLION 
 
 have been more so had I known that the 
 report carried to the Impi at BeHn^i^we was 
 very much exagj^erated. The mere fact of 
 nine out of ten Matabele being killed would 
 give credence to any amount of exaggera- 
 tion, and this, with the disinclination of 
 Mapelabana to come out of his caves, 
 led the leaders of the Impi to decide to 
 remain where they were until a more favour- 
 able opportunity for their operations occurred. 
 
 Mapelabana's people all stayed in their 
 caves until we passed, and in detached 
 parties on the hills flanking the pass when 
 the column was clearing it. A few shots 
 fired by the flanking parties sent the rebels 
 off under cover. After the column had 
 laagered, the rebels showed up in mass on 
 top of a hill well out of range. 
 
 I should have been glad indeed to have 
 known all this beforehand, as it would have 
 relieved me of two days' great anxiety. 
 
 The whole success of the undertaking 
 in front of the column deoended on its 
 being got through the western Matopos 
 
SUCCESS ASSURED 
 
 183 
 
 without accident. The provisions and 
 ammunition were absolutely necessary for 
 success, and had they been lost the column 
 would have been like a white elephant ; 
 but, thank Providence, the worst was all 
 over, and now I felt confident of success. 
 As this was really the first opportunity 
 I had hc.d, I watched the behaviour of the 
 officers and men I had under me very 
 closely, and I am g-lad to say it was such 
 as to give me absolute confidence in every 
 one. They all did their duty in the most 
 careful and deliberate manner, and when 
 a few shots were fired from the Hanking 
 parties on the heights, just as the column 
 cleared the gorg«, it was a pleasure to 
 see the rear-guard, who were in a very nasty 
 position at the time, at once discard their 
 horses and take cover in the bush facincr 
 the rear. The officer in charge knew that 
 the horses would only prove an incumbrance, 
 and that they could not get away except 
 towards the column where they would be 
 captured, M'TipI's boys, who were in the 
 
 / 
 
 II 
 
Ml 
 
 184 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 rear-oruard, also doubled back and took 
 up their position in line with the white 
 skirmishers, but there was nothing for 
 them to do on this occasion. 
 
 > ^ 
 
RELIEF OF BEUNCWE GARRISON 
 
 185 
 
 ok 
 ite 
 fur 
 
 CHAPTER XII 
 
 Relief of Bclingwc garrison — Muster-roll of new garrison 
 — Death of (Quartermaster Pope — Arrival of Captain 
 (ieorge Cirey with despatches from Mr. Rhodes — Several 
 of the Victoria men return — "May" has an indahawith 
 Mapelabana — M'Kati's son locates the rebel Impi — 
 Description of Helingwe Mountains — Plan of attack on 
 Selemba's stronghold. 
 
 I NOW considered the hardest part of our 
 trek was over and that we should be 
 pretty well able to arranc^e matters to suit 
 ourselves in future. It was my intention, 
 first of all, to relieve the garrison at Be- 
 lingwe with men from the relief force. The 
 men who were there were nearly all pi ds- 
 pectors, and had a thorough knowledge of 
 our own district and the country generally 
 and would be of infinite service in the field. 
 I therefore gave directions to move the relief 
 party forward with enough rations to keep 
 the garrison going until the field force had 
 reduced to order the rebels in the district. 
 
 i 
 
1 86 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 I 
 
 On the morning of the 6th the column 
 moved forward about six miles and formed 
 what was to be a permanent laager until 
 the relief of the garrison was effected. The 
 position chosen was a small granite hill, 
 which used to be Selemba's (a Maholi chief) 
 headquarters, his own kraal having been 
 built on the top of it. The laager was 
 formed hard up to this, with the hill for a 
 base, the wagons making three sides of a 
 square and the hill the fourth side, with the 
 native contingent occupying a good position 
 on its southern extension. The position 
 generally was a strong one, with plenty of 
 water close by and any amount of food for the 
 horses and mules in the surrounding mealie 
 gardens, which had only been partiallyreaped. 
 
 That afternoon four waijfons were loaded 
 up with provisions for the new garrison, the 
 relief party told off and placed under the 
 command of Lieutenant Stoddart, who was 
 promoted to the rank of Captain, to take 
 command of the garrison and forts of 
 Belingwe for the time being. 
 
THE NEW GARRISON 
 
 187 
 
 The relief party to form the new garrison 
 at Beli'\gw'e consisted of the following 
 office non-commissioned officers, and men, 
 viz. : — 
 
 Captain Stoddart 
 Lieut. McCullam 
 Lieut. & Q.-M. Wilson 
 Sergt. Douglas 
 Sergt. Coats 
 Corp. Duffy 
 Corp. Nasii 
 Trooper Randell 
 ,, Grant 
 „ McLeod 
 
 Nickliss 
 
 Skews 
 
 St. Aubyn 
 
 Beavor 
 
 Horwitz 
 
 Logan 
 
 >> 
 
 >) 
 
 >» 
 
 Trooper McLellan 
 Tannahill 
 Stone, C;. W. 
 Reece 
 Wilks 
 Stone 
 \Valsh 
 Lyons 
 Jansen 
 \Voest 
 Coutts 
 Laing 
 Carlsen 
 Palmer 
 Levin 
 Luckhurst 
 
 >> 
 >> 
 
 >> 
 >> 
 
 ;» 
 
 This party moved off at dusk, accom- 
 panied by a few men of the Victoria patrol, 
 who had decided to go back to their homes, 
 the idea being to move during- the nii^ht so 
 as, if possible, to avoid (observation. The 
 convoy got to Belingwe the following after- 
 
w 
 
 i88 
 
 THE MATAHELR REBELLION 
 
 liV- 
 
 ■t 
 
 i 
 
 1 • i. ■ 
 
 
 noon without accident, a distance of some 
 twenty-five miles by road to the north of 
 our position. The first night we were in 
 laager at Selemba's I sent for the three chiefs 
 of the native contingent and gave instruc- 
 tions to M'Kati to keep his men scouting 
 the neighbourhood constantly and carefully, 
 until they located the exact position of the 
 impi, and, if possible, they were to find out 
 what it intended doing, but on no account 
 were they to expose themselves. M'Kati 
 said, " I understand what is wanted. My 
 men will be instructed and will do their 
 best." 
 
 Leaving Captain Hopper in charge of 
 the laager, I started the following morning 
 before daybreak, and rode on with a small 
 party of horsemen to Belingwe, for the 
 purpose of arranging the relief of the garri- 
 son there. We got there before the convoy 
 which had preceded us the previous evening. 
 It did not take long to make the necessary 
 
 All the men of the old 
 ;|)t five volunteered to join the 
 
 arrangements 
 
DEA TH OF MR. POPE 
 
 189 
 
 of 
 ing 
 lall 
 the 
 
 field force, and were happy at the idea of 
 leaving what had been more a prison than 
 a home for them for the past ten weeks. 
 
 On my arrival Captain Frankland reported 
 the death of Mr. T. J. Pope, the quarter- 
 master of the garrison. This was very sad 
 news to me, as it made the fourth victim out 
 of our little lot who had succumbed to pri- 
 vations caused by the rebellion. Captain 
 Frankland further reported that the health 
 of the men generally had improved greatly 
 under the supervision of Dr. Anderson, who 
 had pnjved himself a first-class man, and had 
 succeeded durintr the short time he had been 
 at Belingv/e in getting all the fever-stricken 
 patients on their feet, many of them fit for 
 duty. This was most welcome news. Cap- 
 tain Frankland also reported that Captain 
 George Grey had ridden through from 
 Inseza with despatches from Mr. Rhodes, 
 one of which was practically my commission. 
 This document is so characteristic of the 
 founder of Rhodesia that I insert it. 
 
 [ 
 
 ' !l 
 
 01 
 
 the 
 
I90 
 
 THE MATABKLE REPELLION 
 
 .1- f 
 
 \'T\ 
 
 " Near Rixon's Store, 
 ''May 25, 1896. 
 " Mv DEAR Laing, — We got your de- 
 spatches all right at Gwelo, and we accepted 
 all your suggestions. We instructed Vic- 
 toria to send you runners telling you to 
 go down and meet the Tuli column and 
 bring it to your place, via the Gondoque 
 road, you taking command. In case the 
 runners did not reach you, we instructed the 
 Tuli column to go, via the Gondoque road, 
 to you, and when it reached you, you to take 
 command. It had instructions to detach some 
 m.eal and some necessaries to Victoria with 
 an escort. Its strength is about 150 mounted 
 men with sixteen mule wagons. These 
 would reach you, less the escort and wagons 
 with meal for Victoria. Your instructions 
 are to do what you think best, to assume the 
 defensive, and do the most harm you can 
 to the natives around you. If after doing 
 that, you think the best plan is to work up 
 in the direction of the Filabusi and Bembesi, 
 do so ; but these matters are left to your 
 
 rir 
 
MR. RHODES'S DESPA TCH 
 
 191 
 
 up 
 )esi, 
 ^oLir 
 
 judomient. We have every confidence in 
 you, and do not want to tie you in any 
 direction. 
 
 " Grey, who brings this, will tell you 
 all the news. The only thing that you must 
 bear in mind is, that y(ju take command and 
 do the best you can. 
 
 " Harry reached us all right. I did not 
 send him back, as I thought wires from 
 Victoria were quicker. 
 
 " You may think that the best plan is to 
 work through the Filabusi and Molungwana 
 to the Matopo, where we are eventually 
 going ; if so, do so, but if you do, I suggest 
 you take a few mule wagons with you for 
 sick, wounded, and food. This plan of going 
 on long journeys with only horse patrols is a 
 mistake. You can't fight on empty stomachs, 
 thouofh I acrree that too many wagons 
 hamper action. 
 
 " I can say no more, but thank you for 
 all your good work. 
 
 "If you can, let me know what you are 
 doing, but for goodness' sake don't risk 
 
 
^^^■^i^^^wKW^ 
 
 19: 
 
 THE M ATA n ELK RE HELLION 
 
 despatch-riders and horses. You will want 
 every horse you have got. The nimble 
 native you can use as a foot-runner. 
 
 " Yours (Signed), 
 
 "C. J. Rhodes." 
 
 m 
 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 iii 
 
 I m 
 
 The new garrison marched in about 
 1 1 a.m., and the old one marched out about 
 I p.m., the wagons being loaded with the 
 men's kits and mealies for the horses and 
 mules, a good supply of which was still 
 left at Beh'ngwe. 
 
 I had to arrange for the return of all the 
 Victoria men who wanted to go back to 
 to their own district, and four of the old 
 Belingwe garrison who v/ished to accompany 
 them, fifteen in all. They marched on the 
 afternoon of the 9th, with one wagon and 
 sixteen oxen to carry their kits, rations, and 
 ammunition, under the command of Ser- 
 geant-Major Nolan, who was promoted to 
 the rank of lieutenant to undertake the 
 command. 
 
 Sergeant Weale, late Assistant Native 
 
 
THE CONVOY 
 
 "93 
 
 )ld 
 
 ive 
 
 Commissioner, Victoria, was also appointed 
 a lieutenant, and sent off during" the niirht 
 to get through to Chebi, who was still 
 loyal and anxious to support the white men, 
 with instructions to raise as many of his 
 followers as possible, and bring them down 
 to reap the corn in the fields of the Impatini ; 
 but owing to the rebellion breaking out in 
 Mashonaland, Chebi and several loyal native 
 tribes were needed to act aj^ainst the rebels 
 in their own more immediate neighbourhood. 
 As soon as all the necessary arrangements 
 were made, I rode off with a mounted party 
 to catch up the convoy, which had left to 
 join the field force under the command o\ 
 Lieutenant Caldecott. We got up to it 
 shortly after dusk, and I was pleased to 
 notice that the men were in high spirits, 
 although many of them were weak from the 
 effects of fever. They were all very happy, 
 and behaved more like a lot of schoolboys 
 out for a holiday than men who would pro- 
 bably be in action within twenty-four hours. 
 Most of them had suffered physically while 
 
it 
 
 A 
 
 
 194 
 
 T//E MATARELE REBELLION 
 
 shut up in Helingwe, but the first short 
 march, aiicl the pleasure of anticipating a 
 meeting with, and punishing, the rebels for 
 the hardships and deaths they had caused 
 amongst the whites, had instilled new vigou/ 
 into them. On the morning of the 9th 
 myself and party rode on in front of the 
 convoy and reached the laager about i a.m., 
 where everything was found to be in perfect 
 order. 
 
 Captain Hopper reported that M'Tipi's 
 scouts had not yet quite located the exact 
 position of the rebel Impi, but had seen 
 scouting parties from it, which they believed 
 they had managed to evade, although the 
 enemy were very vigilant and always on the 
 prowl, coming from and returning to the 
 bush-covered slopes of the mountain, which 
 was about five miles from our position. 
 
 The short rest and good feeding in the 
 Kafifir gardens had already made a marked 
 improvement on the horses and mules. The 
 latter especially were in much need of a rest, 
 as they had had very hard work all the way 
 
 n 
 
MAPELABANA 
 
 195 
 
 Up. What were left of them now were in 
 prime condition lout tired. We had lost a 
 great many from horse-sickness. The mules 
 seemed to suffer more from this dread 
 disease than the h(^rses did, although the 
 latter had not all come through it. 
 
 The Cossack post reported the approach 
 of the Belingwe convoy about midday. 
 They were about five miles off, and moving 
 slowly, as the wagons were heavily loaded 
 with mealies. The convoy reached the 
 laager about 2 p.m. 
 
 Shortly after this Captain Brabant came 
 and reported that M'Kati's boys had located 
 the Impi. but as the principal men had not 
 returned M'Kati was not in a position to 
 give a good report of the situation or 
 strength of the enemy. " May," the induna 
 of Umcheti's boys, came in and reported 
 that he, with a small party, had gone back 
 to the Mapelabana pass, and had succeeded 
 in getting the natives there to talk to them 
 from the hills. Mapelabana himself came 
 down to within speaking distance, and said 
 
I 
 
 I 
 
 Ml- 
 
 h 'i 
 
 11 
 
 ^ 
 
 196 
 
 T/IE M ATA n ELK REBELLION 
 
 he wanted to "konja" — that is, "surrender" — 
 to the white man. " May" said, " All rijrht ; 
 you had better come into the laaoer and do 
 so." Mapelabana answered, " No, I cannot 
 do that, because my heart tells me that the 
 white chief will kill me for the part my 
 people and myself have taken in the re- 
 bellion ; but I will do what I can to put 
 matters ri(rht and keep my people quiet, and 
 this pass will be open to the white man. I 
 will also send t^rain and sheep as a token 
 of submission. If you come back to-morrow 
 morning you will find the first lot left on the 
 rocks at the entrance to the pass." " May" 
 replied, " You had better send back all the 
 cattle you took from the white men." The 
 answer was, '* I don't have any of the catde. 
 They were divided between Wedza, Um'- 
 Nayati, Senda, and the Impi which is lying 
 at Belingwe. The most of the cattle are 
 at Senda's. All Senda's men and a great 
 many of Um'Nyati's are there guarding 
 them. They are kept in the valley close to 
 the Nuanetsi River, and I don't think the 
 
rilK IN DA HA 
 
 197 
 
 white man will j^ct them out, the country 
 being too difficult. The cattle have to be 
 driven up the river-bed into this valley. I 
 don't want to help the white man, and I 
 don't want to fight with him. I wish to stay 
 in peace here with my people. We will live 
 like rock-rabbits in our caves until this 
 trouble is over. I don't know anything 
 about the strength of the Impi at Belingwe, 
 but I think the white man will find out all 
 about it before full moon." 
 
 " May" informed me that towards the finish 
 of the indaba Mapelabana was rather in- 
 clined to be insolent, and taunted M'Tipi's 
 men for helping the whites against their own 
 colour. To finish up, he said, " I have told 
 you to tell the white man that this pass is 
 open to him, but you Basuto dogs will never 
 go through it again. Your wives will very 
 soon he widows." "May" was very wroth 
 with Mapelabana, and his indignation was 
 a source of much amusement to the other 
 members of the native contingent, most of 
 whom were young men. 
 
 11 
 
^IF 
 
 198 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 M- 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 I 
 
 W 
 
 \\ 
 
 ^\ 
 
 * 1. 1 I 
 Ml :i i 
 
 .\ m 
 
 Towards sunset M'Kati's son came back 
 with a few others from a scoutini^ expedition, 
 in which they had been most successful. 
 "They had located the exact position of the 
 Impi, but could not give any idea of its 
 strength. They were quite sure, however, 
 it was equal in numbers to M'Tipi's con- 
 tingent, and had a great many women, 
 children, and cattle with them. The scouts 
 said the position held by the rebels could be 
 pointed out from the top of one of the small 
 hills close by the laager. I at once went off 
 with them to the point indicated, and, with 
 their description and the aid of a pair 
 of good field-glasses, was able to sketch 
 what afterwards proved to be a very useful 
 plan of the rebel Impis stronghold. After 
 this had been done, I asked M'Kati what 
 he thoui>ht our chances were of making- a 
 successful attack on the rebels' stronii["hold. 
 He said, " I gather from the scouts that the 
 rebels have picked out a very formidable 
 position, which they have strengthened by 
 building stone walls all over the cliffs, behind 
 
THE BELINGWE MOUNTAINS 
 
 199 
 
 which they intend to take cover and fight 
 the white man. They live in the gorge 
 underneath the cliff, and have erected tem- 
 porary huts for their wives and children, and 
 kraals for their cattle and sheep. This gorge 
 is covered with thick, heavy bush. The 
 rebels have cut down a lot of the latter, and 
 made strong scherms all round the place. 
 My men think it will be hard to beat the 
 rebels in this place, but the easiest way 
 would be to get on the hills behind and 
 attack from the top." 
 
 A short description of the Belingwe Moun- 
 tains will give an idea of the position. 
 
 The southern end of the Belingwe moun- 
 tain in the centre of which the rebel Impi 
 was located forms a high, rugged ridge, the 
 crest of which varies in height from 800 
 to 1,200 feet above the level of the fiats. 
 The rock formation of the mountains is a 
 hard slate, tilted on edge, the measures of 
 which are almost perpendicular. In many 
 places this formation stands out bold and 
 rugged, forming precipices varying from lo 
 
200 
 
 THE MATAliELE REBELLION 
 
 V. '■ ;.i;l 
 
 i ■ ■ 
 
 ■■ \ 
 
 *^-i] 
 
 m 
 
 V'\ 
 
 f ('": 'i^ 
 
 to 200 feet in height, standing tier upon tier 
 above each other, with Httle flat spaces at 
 their respective bases. 
 
 I may here mention that the position 
 pointed out by the scouts was a kloof situ- 
 ated at the foot of a perpendicular cliff, on 
 the southern slope of the south end of the 
 Belingwe mountain. The foot hills, which 
 trended away from the bottom of the cliffs 
 to the flats, were very steep, long, and 
 covered with trees, and a very heavy under- 
 growth of all sorts and condition of creepers, 
 many of which were very thorny, and in 
 places forming interv/oven masses, which 
 could only be got through after the chopper 
 had been used freely. Of course there were 
 paths cut out from the flats to the stronghold, 
 but I concluded they would be well guarded 
 and perhaps rendered more inaccessible than 
 the virgin forest to an attacking force. 
 
 By the time M'Kati's scouts had explained 
 and pointed out all they knew the sun was 
 getting low, and in doing so had cleared the 
 peak of Belingwe, which up to the present 
 
PLAN OF ATTACK 
 
 201 
 
 had cast a shadow all along the line of cliffs. 
 Now the slanting rays shone right on to the 
 slope and lit up the points we were most 
 interested in observing. This was real good 
 fortune, and it enabled us to decide on the 
 spot, our line of action. Captain Sir F. 
 Frankland (now staff officer of the column), 
 Brabant, and Lieutenant H. Posselt, were 
 present during the indaba, and before we 
 left our dispositions were made. 
 
 Captain Brabant, with the pluckiest lot 
 of M'Kati's boys, about one hundred, were 
 to ascend the spur to the right of the rebel 
 position, and, if possible, get into the works 
 made by the enemy. Lieutenant Lynch 
 was to lead the greater part of IVLTipi's 
 boys up the gorge, straight on to the posi- 
 tion, whilst the white men and Cape boys 
 were to be led by myself up the left spur 
 of the mountain and, if possible, the works 
 on the left Hank of the enemy's position, 
 occupied by the Cape boys under Lieu- 
 tenants Donald Campbell and Howe. All 
 this had to be done during the night, and 
 
Ih: 
 
 202 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 . .i 
 
 the positions occupied before daybreak the 
 following morning. This was our plan of 
 attack and, as good fortune would have it, it 
 was almost executed to the letter. 
 
 When we got back to camp the sun was 
 all but down, and the night-watch set. I 
 at once sent round for volunteers to attack 
 Selemba's stronghold. Every man wanted 
 to go, so a party from each troop had to 
 be selected by their troop officers. The 
 detachment from Belingwe volunteered to 
 a man, and they were allowed to go along 
 with detachments from the Maxim Troop 
 under Lieutenant Caldecott. One from A 
 Troop, under Lieutenant Bates, and another 
 from B Troop, under Lieutenant Beisly, the 
 whole making about eighty white men. 
 
 Lieutenant Donald Campbell had about 
 thirty of his best Cape boys with Lieutenant 
 Howe to assist him, and Captain Brabant 
 about 250 of M'Tipi's boys, with Lieutenants 
 Posselt and Lynch and the white scouts to 
 assist him in leading them. 
 
THR ATTACKING FORCE 
 
 203 
 
 CHAPTER XIII 
 
 Parade of attackin<^ force at midnight — March at 12.15 a.m. 
 — A council of war — \Vaitin<^ for the word " All through " 
 — Description of the march to get into position. 
 
 THE attacking force was ordered to 
 parade at midnijrht, the white men 
 mounted. The remainder of the column 
 was placed under the command of Captain 
 Hopper, with instructions to hold the laager 
 until the attacking" force returned. This 
 force paritded at twelve midnight, when the 
 plan of attack was explained. 
 
 Orders were lifiven that there was to be 
 no talking or smoking on the march, as the 
 whole success of the attack depended upon 
 being able to get into the enemy's defences 
 on the hill without their knowledge. If this 
 were accomplished, the rebels would be in a 
 bad position. 
 
 The march commenced at 12.15 ^•"'^m ^iid 
 
!04 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 V t 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ■ \ 
 
 A '- 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ; ■ 
 
 
 :i' 
 
 
 ivj 
 
 
 ,' '' ' 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 ll 
 
 f ii 
 
 1 
 
 
 ' i 
 
 . 3'. 1. 
 
 about an hour brought us to the first part of 
 really thick bush, at the foot of the Belingwe 
 slopes. Here the mounted men gave up 
 their horses — Sergeant Burnett being left 
 with ten men to guard them. They were 
 not very well pleased at being left out of 
 the fun. I considered, however, that their 
 duty was a most important one, for if the 
 attack proved a failure, the safety of our 
 horses would be very necessary for the 
 preservation of all, if we had to make a 
 hurried retreat. A short halt was then 
 ordered to give the footmen and M'Tipi's 
 boys a rest. Then the ascent of the first 
 foot hill was commenced. Another hour of 
 silent marchino" throuo^h dense bush brousfht 
 us to the point where the attacking force 
 was to divide into three divisions, climb the 
 steep slopes, and surround the enemy's 
 position. All necessary arrangements 
 having been made, the parties separated 
 and moved away from each other a short 
 distance, and lay down to rest and listen 
 for any sound that might serve to betray 
 
A COUNCIL OF WAR 
 
 205 
 
 i \ 
 
 ■ 
 
 any movement of the enemy's (Kitposts. 
 The only audible sounds that reached us, 
 however, were the cry of the nicrht-hirds, 
 the occasional howl of a wolf, or the baying 
 of a pack of jackals. There was not the 
 faintest indication of the presence of an 
 Impi, not even the barking of a dog, and 
 it appeared that up to the present our 
 approach had not been detected by our 
 foes. 
 
 While the men were resting, the ofiicers 
 met and held a council of war, at which 
 it was decided that no signals were to be 
 made until Captain Brabant had got into 
 position. His party having furthest to 
 go, it was reasonable to expect that the 
 other divisions would be in their ^ippointed 
 places before him. 
 
 As soon as he was ready he was to 
 cause the 'Alert" to be sounded, and 
 then wait for my bugler to sound the 
 " Advance" and " Commence firing." 
 
 We wished each other God-speed, and 
 took command of our respective divisions. 
 
2o6 
 
 THE MATA/iELE RE HE IJ JON 
 
 and moved off in different directions ar 
 silently as possible. I led the white men 
 and Cape boys, Captain PVankland being 
 next in command. For the first half-hour 
 we skirted along the foot of a gentle slope, 
 where the bush was not very thick, ren- 
 dering our progress comparatively easy. 
 Then we had to ne^"otiate the crossin^f of 
 a very steeply banked donga, which was 
 covered with very thick bush and heavy 
 undergrowth. Hatchets had to be brought 
 into use, and a passage cut through this 
 tangled mass. The bottom of the donga 
 being reached eventually, the scramble 
 for the top on the other side commenced, 
 and the bank was gained, after close upon 
 an hour's hard work. The Cape boys were 
 now placed in front and in single file, and 
 laid down to wait for the word from the 
 rear that all were through. The intense 
 darkness added to our difficulties, but I 
 believe proved our best friend on the 
 whole. We were now on the spur which 
 we had to follow to get to the position 
 
ADVANCE OF THE GUIDES 
 
 207 
 
 we inlended to occupy before attackiiifj, 
 but we had still a good mile and a half of 
 stiff hillside to climb over, rendered very 
 difficult by a heavy growth of Mahobo 
 trees, whose great leaves had commenced 
 to fall and cover the ground with a thick 
 carpet, which slipped away from under our 
 feet on the slightest provocation. After 
 a short but very tedious lapse of time, the 
 word was whispered from the rear '' All 
 through," and then we moved on up the 
 hill under the direct guidance of two of 
 M'Kati's sons, who did their duty in a 
 most admirable manner, and succeeded 
 in getting us on the top of the first 
 ridge, where we could then see the watch- 
 fires of the enemy. The latter, of course, 
 we intended to avoid. Here we again 
 halted for a short rest, and listened for 
 any sounds that might betray the where- 
 abouts of our friends or enemies ; but not 
 a sound or sign reached us. Meanwhile 
 our guides had gone forward under cover 
 of the bush, and got close up to the first 
 
m i' 
 
 If 
 
 208 
 
 r///i M ATA HE I. K RRnEI.IJON 
 
 watch-fires, which had been deserted. 
 The j^uides were now at a loss, and were 
 not able to form an opinion as to the inten- 
 tions of the enemy. They said the out- 
 post might have heard our approach and 
 gone back to report, or they might have 
 gone back to headquarters, thinking that 
 all was safe. 
 
 I did not like the absence of the rebel 
 outposts nor yet the silence. I was afraid 
 that the enemy knew what we were up to, 
 and that very probably they were already 
 arranging a surprise for us. The order 
 was sent back to be more on the alert 
 than ever, and if attacked, the men were 
 at once to lie down, the Cape boys facing 
 the front, the Maxim Troop to the right, A 
 Troop to the left, and B Troop to the rear. 
 
 After the first ridge was passed, our 
 advance became more easy. The slope 
 was not so steep, and we had got out of 
 the Mahobo on to bare soil which gave 
 a much better foothold. This continued 
 until the top of the next ridge was 
 
 if J) 
 

mm 
 
 '■ f 
 
 * 
 
 ■1: 
 
 'I 
 
 ^M 
 
 i 
 
 10' ■ 
 
 H 
 
 V 
 
 
 |! 
 
 
 1 
 
 l:3i-'f 
 
 f^ '! 
 
 % 
 
 h 
 
 =3 
 
 o 
 
 
 
THE GUIDES REPORT 
 
 209 
 
 
 o 
 
 as 
 
 <:^ained. Our oruidcs now reported that we 
 were very close to the position we wanted 
 to occupy, but as the intense darkness was 
 so deceptive they would like to go forward 
 with only one white officer to make sure. 
 This I agreed to at once, and Lieutenant 
 Howe, a very intelligent and trustworthy 
 officer, went with the guides. After what 
 was to me a very anxious half-hour, they 
 returned as quietly as they left. Howe 
 reported that we were within 400 irds 
 of the kloof. He had been quite cl up 
 to the position held by the enemy and 
 believed they were altogether off their 
 guard. The only signs of life to be heard 
 were the movements of the cattle and 
 goats inside the enclosures. He was con- 
 fident the Impi was asleep, and so were 
 the native guides, one of whom had 
 advanced and got into the first breast- 
 work, on the lower edi^e of the krantz. 
 This was very exhilarating information 
 and not a minute was to be lost before 
 we made sure of our position. The 
 
 14 
 
 1 1 
 

 2IO 
 
 T//E MAT ABE LE REBELLION 
 
 W. ! 
 
 t 
 
 C; 
 
 ill 
 
 It': 
 
 I ■■; 
 
 
 darkness was already showing signs of 
 giving way tO the first glimmer of day- 
 break, and Brabant's bugle might be 
 expected to sound within the next half- 
 hour. 
 
 'I ( 
 in- 
 
 m 
 
 . _. ^ 
 
 \i 
 
DISPOSITION OF TROOPS 
 
 It I 
 
 n 
 
 HAPTER XIV 
 
 Disposition of troops-Before the battle-Description of the 
 engagement-Taking of the enemy's position-Prisoner 
 taken disguised as a woman— Treachery again displayed ' 
 — War-dance by native contingent. 
 
 T lEUTENANTS Donald Campbell 
 -L' and Howe advanced with the Cape 
 boys, with instructions to man the first 
 breastworks, facing the main exit from the 
 gorge in which the Impi lay, and to hold 
 it at all hazards; it being very desirable to 
 keep the enemy out of the krantz, and 
 away from the stone breastworks which 
 they had erected at every place of vantage 
 We again advanced, and whilst Campbell 
 and Howe were posting their men the 
 Maxim Troop was extended along the ridge 
 facing the enemy's position. B Troop then 
 prolonged the line to the right, with 
 
212 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 ,iH 
 
 Ihl; 
 
 I' ! !i 
 
 m 
 
 lit'' 
 
 l-,-.-t 
 
 their right flank thrown forward to form a 
 half circle. A Troop's turn came next, 
 but they could not be found, and it was 
 then discovered that nearly half of the 
 white detachment had diverged and gone 
 astray. Captain Frankland had evidently 
 noticed this while I was busy getting the 
 others into position and had gone off to 
 try and find the stragglers. Sergeant 
 Halkett was sent off to try, if possible, to 
 guide them up to where I was in time to 
 form into position before Brabant sounded. 
 This I am glad to say was accomplished, 
 and the cause of the straggling cleared up. 
 One of the men, overcome with fatigue, had 
 fallen asleep, and when the last advance 
 took place had failed to pass the word on to 
 the rear. The officer in charge acted very 
 wisely. As soon as he found he was not 
 in touch, he halted and listened, and was 
 guided by the sound made by those in front 
 to advance towards us. Luckily he got up 
 in time, and his troop extended in rear of 
 the fighting line to act as a support, or to 
 
 • 
 
 I 
 
BEFORE THE BATTLE 213 
 
 engage any of the enemy that might attack 
 from the left flank, for we were not certain 
 there was not a division of the Impi lying 
 in the adjoining gorge. So far all had gone 
 better than I had anticipated, and I felt 
 pretty secure and certain of success. All 
 that was wanting now was Brabant's signal 
 to establish absolute confidence. The men 
 were ordered to lie down but to keep on the 
 alert. They were all very tired, some of 
 them almost knocked up. My sergeant- 
 major, a fine athletic young fellow, who had 
 had more than a fair share of the work to do, 
 came to me just as evervthing was com- 
 pleted and said " I am dead beat, sir, I must 
 lie down for a short time." Captain Frank- 
 land was also very much exhausted, having 
 had a lot of extra work to do. 
 
 I believe nearly all the men were in a 
 similar condition. However, all the climbing 
 had been done and it was yet a good half- 
 hour to daybreak, which would give every 
 one a beneficial rest. Frankland and I sat 
 down together, to talk over matters, hut 
 
214 
 
 THE M ATA B RLE REBELLION 
 
 ■ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 r^' 
 
 w ■ 
 
 ', 
 
 mil 
 
 
 t i 
 
 i ■ 
 
 m 
 
 neither of ur> could keep from nodding, so 
 we had to get up and move about. 
 
 I was now beginning to grow anxious 
 about Brabant. It was high time he 
 sounded, to iiet us know his whereabouts. 
 Daylight was coming in rapidly, and objects 
 at a distance of fifty yards were becoming 
 quite distinct. Campbell sent down to say 
 he had manned the first breastwork and had 
 thrown a line of skirmishers across the main 
 footpath from the gorge. Silence reigned 
 supreme, and I hardly ever remember a 
 more beautiful daybreak. As daylight 
 became stronger the line of skirmishers 
 grew more distinct, and many irregularities 
 could be noticed. I decided to wait for 
 Brabant before correctinof them. It was 
 quite plain that most of the men were 
 fast asleep, stretched out face down, with 
 their rifles clasped in their right hand and 
 a few loose cartridges in the left, all ready. 
 Many of them had stripped off their jackets 
 and* only waited the word to advance. I 
 was pleasantly, and perhaps I may be 
 
 
THE BUGLE SOUNDS 
 
 :i5 
 
 / 
 
 
 pardoned for saying proudly, contemplating 
 the scene, when, welcome sound, from far 
 up the mountain on the other side of the 
 gorge c?me the first note of the bugle from 
 Brabant. The buoler must have been a 
 little nervous, because his first attempt at 
 sounding a call ended in a most discordant 
 wail, but, evidently recovering himself, the 
 next blast brought the "Alert" ringing 
 clearly across the gorge. Frankland and 
 myself burst into a hearty laugh, and anxiety 
 fled from me. The men all jumped to a 
 kneeling position, and kept an anxious and 
 expectant watch to their front. 
 
 After the last sound of the bugle had 
 echoed itself out along the krantz on either 
 hand, silence again took command, but only 
 for a few seconds. During that short period, 
 however, it was very distinct, all eyes and 
 ears bping fixed on the g(jrge in front. 
 Presently from the thick cover of the bushy 
 slope a buzz as of many voices commenced 
 to reach our ears. This gradually increased 
 until it was quite an uproar, and then it 
 
 lii 
 
2l6 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 1 
 
 subsided, when the distinct calls of two or 
 three chiefs could be heard giving orders 
 and shouting, "The white men are coming! 
 Make for the krantzes ! " 
 
 I now (^ave orders io advance the skir- 
 mishing line fifty yards, to correct intervals, 
 and to lie down under best available cover. 
 This was done and a second similar advance 
 made, which brought us to within two 
 hundred yards of the bush scherm of the 
 enemy. Just as the fighting line took up 
 position for the second time, a volley of 
 musketry was poured from the first breast- 
 work, and the Cape boy skirmishers opened 
 fire all along their front. Another volley 
 from the breastwork and then comparative 
 silence. Lieutenant Campbell now sent 
 along word that the breastwork had been 
 rushed from the bush by a large body of 
 rebels, but that he had driven most pf them 
 back into the bush again, and from where 
 he was he could see large numbers of the 
 enemy scrambling up the rocks to get to 
 the stone walls they had meide to 
 
 \(r\ 
 
 ' t H 
 
 .:^P 
 
r 
 
 THE BATTLE 
 
 217 
 
 behind. I concluded that now it was time 
 to make a general attack. Accordingly 
 the ''Advance and commence firing" was 
 sounded, and responded to by a cheer from 
 all sides. The sun had now made its ap- 
 pearance, and everything seemed to be in 
 perfect order, and from the position I took 
 up about the centre of the line of white 
 skirmishers I could see all that was happen- 
 ing. 
 
 Brabant's men now opened fire from the 
 krantzes opposite, and M'Tipi's main body 
 emerged from a large patch of bush, and 
 advanced rapidly over an open space of 
 about two hundred yards and halted when 
 they got in line with our right. M'Kati and 
 " May " shouted out, " What are we going 
 to do now.? Are the white men afraid to 
 advance .? " This caused a laugh along the 
 white line. One of the white men answered 
 that we were not afraid to advance, but 
 would not like to go in before the Basutos 
 were ready. 
 
 As our advance was converging I now 
 
 y 
 
2l8 
 
 THE MA TAB RLE REBELLION 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 \v-' 
 
 -■■v- 
 
 
 M ] 
 
 -I 
 
 m 
 
 ! r 
 
 pushed forward the Cape boys on the left 
 into the bush, and supported them with the 
 Maxim Troop, ordered a few rounds to be 
 fired, and moved the whole line forward 
 about thirty yards. Halting the white 
 skirmishers where they had a good view of 
 the krantz over the tops of the trees, our 
 advances roused up M'Kati's men, and after 
 firing a volley into the bush in front of them, 
 they charged it in a body in a most gallant 
 manner. They were checked at the fence 
 for a few seconds, but the rifle fire from the 
 Cape boys cleared the front, and very soon 
 Cape boys and Basutos were out of sight in 
 the thick bush. Then the rattle of musketry 
 with a mixture of savage yells was all that 
 could be heard, but it was soon evident the 
 rebels were not holdino- their own. The 
 attention of the white skirmishers was drawn 
 to the krantzes, upon which large numbers 
 of the enemy wore seen swarming, firing 
 their rifles at anything and covering their 
 retreat by a shower of large stones, not 
 being at all particular whether they struck 
 
VICTOR Y 
 
 219 
 
 Ig 
 
 ir 
 )t 
 k 
 
 friend or foe as long as the individual made 
 good his retreat and got in behind a stone 
 barricade, from which fire was opened, but 
 did no harm worth speaking of, and as they 
 were surrounded on three sides and exposed 
 to a cross fire from good shots under cover, 
 they soon gave up attempting to return our 
 fire. It was, moreover, amusing ev **y now 
 and again to see one of their stone walls 
 commence to move down the cliff; solid at 
 first, but shortly to become a scattered 
 shower of huge stones which went crashing 
 to the bottom of the cliff, doing far more 
 damage to themselves than to the attacking 
 force. 
 
 At the end of an hour resistance was 
 practically finished. The white men were 
 kept in their position, and Brabant's men 
 moved off to the right, and getting on top 
 of the mountain, advanced alono- the ziofzae 
 on to the breastworks. As they approached 
 some very exciting hand-to-hand encounters 
 took place on the cliff, in which assegais, 
 battleaxes, and shields played a prominent 
 
 w 
 
230 
 
 THE MATAIiELE REIiELLION 
 
 I 
 
 M\ 
 
 y 
 
 
 ■ V 
 
 part. The attack virtually ended in a proper 
 Kaffir fashion, the white men and Cape boys 
 having been drawn back and not allowed to 
 enter the enclosure. By nine o'clock the 
 position was taken and the Impi which had 
 contributed to organise the bands that com- 
 mitted so many cruel murders amongst the 
 white people in the Lower Inseza and Fila- 
 busi districts was practically disbanded. 
 
 M'Kati and his people captured a good 
 many oxen and sheep and about a hundred 
 women and children, nearly half of whom 
 were Matabele from the Inseza and Pllabusi 
 districts. One man, disguised as a woman, 
 was taken prisoner, and although he was 
 very cunning, his little trick was discovered 
 by the Basutos at once. He was reported 
 and pointed out to me. I advanced to 
 interrogate him, but one of the young 
 Basutos got excited, having noticed what 
 he took to be the shaft of an assegai under 
 the sheepskin, he shouted out, " Be careful, 
 N'Kos, he will kill you," and advancing with 
 his knobkerry he made a stroke at the rebel's 
 
 m 
 
BURIAL OF THE DEAD 
 
 ui 
 
 icr 
 
 It 
 
 h 
 
 4 
 
 head, which the latter cleverly parried and 
 dashed off throu^^h the crowd of women and 
 children, only to fall a victim to a Martini- 
 Henry bullet, which put an end to his flight 
 and existence. 
 
 M'Kati was highly delighted at his success, 
 and it was most amusing to see him leading 
 the war-dance, in an old frock-coat and 
 bowler hat, with a rille in one hand and a 
 bunch of assegais in the other. 
 
 The enemy's loss was not estimated ; it 
 would have taken too long to find out in 
 the thick bush, but it was pretty severe. 
 
 Our loss was trifling, considering the 
 work undertaken. Paul Zandvogle, a Cape 
 boy, was killed. Captain Brabant and a 
 few others slightly wounded. A few of 
 M'Kati's boys were killed, several wounded, 
 one severely. 
 
 As soon as the Basutos had destroyed 
 the enemy's stronghold, we buried our 
 dead, and retired, getting back to our 
 horses by lo a.m., all very tired after the 
 trying night march and excitement. I 
 
222 
 
 THE M ATA DELE REBELLION 
 
 
 *M 
 
 ' 1 
 
 
 noticed that many of the men went to 
 sleep in their saddles on the way back. 
 
 We reached the laager before noon, and 
 found everything correct. The men were 
 at once dismissed *^d went to rest. 
 
 The wounded— .riend and foe alike — 
 were handed ovei to the care of Dr. 
 Anderson and his staff. 
 
 V! 
 
 I 
 
 i ! 
 
to 
 
 THE WOMEN AND CHILDREN 
 
 223 
 
 CHAPTER XV 
 
 WK.t,-Se„A.. ,.s„io„-An attack decided „pon- 
 
 cncounter and it. res„lts-TI,e enen.y take to 
 
 I .r caves and beg for n.ccy-Cain is found- 
 
 pollti™: '"■" '"'^^ ""-■"'K-Ti.ey desert their 
 
 ry '^""■■se every one was dellfrhted 
 V^ with the result of our attack on 
 Selembas, and for myself I must say I 
 was pleased beyond all expression with 
 the manner in which all ranks behaved in 
 acfon. I had had every faith in the n,en 
 of the column before, and now it was 
 confirmed. My only wish was to be able 
 to provide them with more work as soon 
 as possible, and to restore law and order. 
 Orders were given to M'Kati to inter- 
 view the women and children, and find 
 out as much as po.ssible from them about 
 the movements of the rebels everywhere 
 
Ill 
 
 1 * 
 
 224 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 He did not get much information from the 
 prisoners for some hours, but at last one 
 elderly woman came to him and said she 
 was willing to tell all she knew. 
 
 The narrative was interpreted to me 
 as follows : — 
 
 " I with about fifty other women and 
 children and perhaps thirty men arrived 
 at Selemba's the evening before last. We 
 came from the Lower Inseza, which has 
 been visited by a very strong body of 
 white men, who have scattered everybody 
 and destroyed all our kraals. Most of our 
 young men have gone to the Matopos. 
 Only a few came with us. They were all at 
 Selemba's this morning. They were led by 
 Meshlointombi, who was amoni^ the first 
 killed. Selemba had his own following, 
 about one hundred men ; and the Mata- 
 bele, under Gota Monzie, about four 
 scherms, probably two hundred men and 
 a few petty chiefs with a small following 
 each. They were all taken by surprise, 
 and never expected the white men to get 
 
 i!il! 
 
BE9 
 
 me 
 
 and 
 *ived 
 
 We 
 
 has 
 
 of 
 
 Dody 
 
 our 
 
' 
 
 ■,l 
 
 1 ' 
 
 
 
 ii 
 
 vn 
 
THE CAPE BOYS 
 
 225 
 
 w 
 
 
 up to them during the night. The sen- 
 tries had al! come back when the night 
 got very dark, thinking it was impossible 
 for any one to come up the stronghold 
 except by day, when they would have been 
 seen a long way off. We should all have 
 then got into the cliffs behind the breast- 
 works, where you would have found it 
 very difficult to have beaten us. Nearly 
 all our leaders were shot at first while 
 trying to get to the breastworks. I have 
 told all I know." 
 
 The women and children were handed 
 over to his charge, with orders that they 
 were to be well treated and cared for. 
 M'Kati said, " I promise you they will 
 have the same treatment as our own wives 
 and children." 
 
 The Cape boys, under Lieutenants D. 
 Campbell and Howe, did splendid service. 
 
 The men from Belingwe were now dis- 
 tributed among the troops already formed, 
 and what was afterwards known as the 
 Delingwe Field T'orcc was constituted, 
 
 IS 
 
 . : ! 
 
226 TffE MATAHRLE RE HELLION 
 
 The distribution was roughly as follows 
 
 I:! 
 
 
 '-'m. 
 
 >-,; 
 
 '|-< f 
 
 1, ( 
 
 I > 
 
 mi! 
 
 Ill Coniinaiul. X.C.O. and Men. 
 
 Maxim Troop Capt. Hopper Lt. Caklecoll 30 niounled infantry 
 
 A Troop Lt. Yonge ,, Bates 25 ,, 
 
 B Troop ,, Beisly ,, Bell 2') ,, 
 
 C Troop ,, Jackson 30 infantry 
 
 Lieuts. D. Campbell, Howe, and Moore 70 Cape hoys — Infantry. 
 
 On the afternoon of the loth, " May," 
 with a party of M'Tipi's boys, was sent 
 off to scout the neighbourhood of Senda's 
 position, with instructions to remain in the 
 vicinity until the arrival of the column. 
 
 Towards evening a messenger vvas sent 
 back from "May" to say that Senda's people 
 were defiant, and had strengthened a natu- 
 rally strong position by every available 
 means, and challenged the white men to 
 take them out of it. The scouts could not 
 find any trace of the cattle formerly re- 
 ported by Mapelabana, and thought it was 
 most probable they had been removed to 
 some other part of the country. 
 
 On the afternoon of the nth the column 
 moved up to within two miles of Senda's 
 
A MOUNTED PAh'T) 
 
 22 7 
 
 Stronghold, and laagered up in a good 
 position. 
 
 I rode on towards Scula's with ji small 
 mounted party, under Lieutenant lieisly, 
 to make a reconnaissance, and try, if pos- 
 sible, to find (Hit the designs of the enemy. 
 
 The position the rebels held here was a 
 high granite hill, with a small oval-shaped 
 ball top, about a mile long, and five hundred 
 feet high, the slopes of which were covered 
 with a jumbled mass of high boulders piled 
 on top of each other, in all sorts of fantastic 
 shapes, forming large spaces (^r cavities, 
 which were termed caves. 
 
 It was quite possible to move about 
 amono; these rocks and <^Q.i from one end 
 of the hill to the other without exposing 
 oneself. To add to the physical strength 
 nature hatl provided a luxm-iant growth of 
 thorn scrub, which grew up and intermingled 
 with the rocks, forming an almost impene- 
 trable barrier through which the rebels had 
 cut numerous footpaths, which zigzagged 
 about amonii the rocks from one end (jf 
 
228 
 
 THE MATAUEI.E REUELIJON 
 
 
 i 
 ilH 
 
 ffi 
 
 i'li 
 
 ill 
 
 \ \ 
 
 the position to the other. These footpaths 
 had all been blocked by larj^e thorn-trees 
 and made next to impassable. A thickish 
 bush covered the Hats up to within about five 
 hundred yards of the hilltop, then there was 
 an open space which had been cleared and 
 cultivated. Our party rode on to the ed^e of 
 this open space, and then aloni»" it for about 
 half a mile, keeping- a sharp look-out in case 
 of eettino" cut off, but we learned afterwards 
 that the latter event was not likely to happen, 
 it being the intention of the rebels to keep to 
 the rocks. With the exception perhaps of 
 about ten natives perched on the top of the 
 highest rock, evidently as sentinels, there 
 was no sion of the position beino- occupied 
 by a force of rebels. There was scarcely 
 a sound to be heard except now and again 
 the bleat of a o()at. The rebels kept per- 
 fectly quiet. 
 
 After ridinq- along and examining the 
 situati(^n as closely as a pair of good field- 
 glasses would enable me to do, I turned 
 towards our laager, not at all sanguine of 
 
 \:\- 
 
nVS UL TING rilREA TS 
 
 f)f 
 
 being- able to inflict much harm on the 
 rebels at Senda's, but decided to make an 
 attempt on the morrow. It apj^earcd very 
 evident that a nij^ht attack was out of the 
 question and would only lead to disaster, 
 therefore any ideas I had of making one 
 were abandoned. 
 
 Durini>- the ni<'ht the rebels made a con- 
 siderable noise, but whether it was to 
 impress us with their numbers, or whether 
 they were moving out and in, I never 
 learned, but probably they were strengthened 
 tluring the night by recruits from the sur 
 rounding hills. 
 
 The following morning, shortly after day- 
 break, Captain Hopper, myself, and a small 
 niounted party, rode forward again to recon- 
 noitre the [)osition from a different point of 
 view. On our approach the sentinels com- 
 menced to blow their horns, and we could 
 see a distinct commotion all about the hill- 
 side. The natives seemed to be everywhere 
 about, and commenced to shout insulting" 
 and defiant threats to us. 
 
 ' \\ 
 

 il 
 
 I: • 
 
 t, . 
 
 is t 
 
 J 
 
 i 
 
 4 
 
 'm ■ 
 
 
 to 1 
 
 230 
 
 TZ/Ji MATAIiELE REBELLION 
 
 It was now quite evident that they were 
 in force, and meant fighting if their position 
 was attacked. 
 
 I decided therefore to move the laager on 
 to a small rise, about five hundred yards from 
 the foot of the hill, and nearly opposite to its 
 centre. This would bring the greater part 
 of the hill under fire from the laager; and 
 the centre part, which seemed at present 
 to be more thickly populated, would be 
 within easy range of the Maxim. The 
 laager was moved up accordingly on to 
 the desired position. 
 
 As soon as laager was formed, the Cape 
 boys, under Lieutenants Campbell and 
 Moore, were sent off to the right, so as 
 to turn the left flank of the enemy's 
 position, and, if possible, to climb a good 
 way up the ridge and attack downwards 
 on the centre. As soon as they were 
 ready C Troop was extended and advanced 
 on the centre, to within two hundred yards, 
 where they had a fairly good view. It was 
 of no use going closer up as the rocks and 
 
as 
 
 THE ASSF.GAIS 231 
 
 bush obstructed the vision. The Maxim 
 gun was trained to work over them, and 
 had a splendid field, varyin<( from five him- 
 dred to a thousand yards. M'Tipi's boys, 
 under Captain Brabant and Lieutenant 
 Posselt, were sent off to our left Hank, to 
 attack from the enemy's ri^ht, in a manner 
 similar to the Cape boys on the left. 
 
 Before they were marched off, about fifty 
 of them were armed with three dvnamite 
 assegais each. These assegais were so 
 constructed that when they were thrown 
 they always fell point downwards. A de- 
 tonating cap, with a French nail fixed into 
 it, then caused an explosion. They were 
 dangerous weapons, and only the boldest 
 men would handle them, after they were 
 shown the effect produced by the ex- 
 plosion. 
 
 Captain Brabant and his lieutenants re- 
 ported that the men armed with the dyna- 
 mite assegcus were so confident of the 
 efficiency of their arms that it was very 
 difficult to keep them back. It was most 
 
 11 
 
 11 y 
 
m 
 
 r, 
 
 \v » 
 
 '!i; 
 
 
 r' 
 
 232 
 
 yV/A- MATAnEI.Ii REBELLION 
 
 
 amusing" to sec the bearers dash forward, 
 throw their assegai, and dodj^^e behind a 
 rock, with a diaboHcal expression on their 
 faces, to listen for the ex|)losion. and then 
 dash out auain and discharge another. I 
 am not aware that ;iny actual damaoe was 
 done by these assegais, but the moral effect 
 on the enemy was indescribable. 
 
 M'Tipi's boys had not been in action on 
 the left half an hour before the rebels 
 i^ave way and vacated the left (lank 
 of the hill ; many of them succeedin*^' in 
 escaping to the hills behind. 
 
 Every arrangement for making the attack 
 was completed by 1 1 a.m. Then the "Com- 
 mence tiring" sounded. M'Tipi's men were 
 the first to open fire. They had come 
 rather unexpectedly on a party of the 
 enemy, who were guarding a large number 
 of sheep and goats on the right of the 
 position. This, of course, led to a short 
 encounter, which ended in a grand success 
 for M'Tipi's boys. The firing on the right 
 caused a commotion amone the rebels in 
 
 fa; ! f , 
 
THE ATI'ACK 
 
 233 
 
 he 
 )cr 
 le 
 jrt 
 
 ht 
 in 
 
 the centre. Many of them clanil)eretl up 
 the rocks to see what was ^oinj^ on, and 
 exposed themselves to the fire of C 
 Troop and the Maxim. Then the Cape 
 boys commenced to attack downwards from 
 the left flank. This evidently upset the 
 philosoph)' of the defenders, who hei^an to 
 yell and move al^out rapidly amongst the 
 bush and rocks, letting- loose their rilles 
 and blunderbusses, but doini^" no harm. A 
 few potle<^s were sent over the laai^er, 
 but they only served to amuse the men by 
 their peculiar musical accompaniment. 
 
 All we had to do now was to watch the 
 development of the attack, which was, owin^' 
 to the difficulties to be overcome, very slow. 
 At times the rattle of riile fire was very 
 sharp, but often died away to a dead silence, 
 starting off a^ain suddenly when some fresh 
 nest of rebels was struck. 
 
 The skirmishers of C J'roop were almost 
 always eng'aged aloni;" some part of their 
 line, only firing- when they saw the rebels on 
 the move. After a time they got used to 
 
r 
 
 i 
 
 
 I! I 
 
 i ' 
 
 
 Mi: 
 
 ■ i 
 
 ' ■ 1 1 
 
 234 
 
 yy/Zf MATAnELE RE n EI. LION 
 
 the passes, or <^an<^ways, which seemed to 
 be the main Hues of communication between 
 different parts of the rebels' stronghold, and 
 as soon as a party of natives appeared they 
 were saluted with a shower of bullets. 
 
 This sort of thintj^ went on for about three 
 hours, the Cape boys and M'Tipi's men 
 gradually working to the centre, clearing 
 everything in front of them and destroying 
 all the rebels' huts and stores. 
 
 By 3 p.m. the position was taken. All 
 the rebels remainin^f had yonc to earth in a 
 cave under a high boulder, which was be- 
 tween 100 and 200 feet long by 50 broad. 
 A large party located themselves there, and 
 kept firing from that point of vantage. 
 Lieutenant Campbell called on them to sur- 
 render and give up their arms, but this they 
 refused to do. He then sent to the laager 
 for dynamite, a few charges of which put an 
 end to their firing, and although they would 
 not come out '^ ^w ,ive themselves, they 
 sent up ail -heep and goats, and 
 
 a very 1 inble iitreaty to be spared, pro- 
 
 ■f i: 
 
All 
 
 ANOrifEK INDABA 235 
 
 niising not to interfere with the white men 
 any more. 
 
 As soon as this was reported I went over 
 to the cave and held an indaba with these 
 people, who were evidently far down under 
 the huo-e rock. They said they O^mX not 
 know where Senda was. They th(juirht he 
 was in a cave on a hill, or that he had per- 
 haps escaped. That the cattle had all been 
 taken off on the approach of our column, 
 but that all the sheep and goats would be 
 sent down if the white men would draw off 
 a little way. 
 
 The man who did the talkino- wound 
 up with an appeal for mercy, which I 
 promised would be granted, provided their 
 promises were kept. The attacking party 
 was then withdrawn. Lieutenant D. Camp- 
 bell reported having seen forty rebels dead ; 
 Captain Brabant that on the first brush a 
 good many fell on both sides, but he could 
 not give any numbers. The loss sustained 
 by M'Tipi's men was trifling, and they 
 treated it in the most offhand manner, 
 
 I 
 
;: 4)5 . 
 
 236 
 
 THE MATAIiELF, REHELLIOM 
 
 i 
 
 ( ■ 
 
 
 liiij 
 
 1 
 
 beiiii^ much more delighted with their 
 success than interested in their losses. 
 They were to be seen strai^glin^^ out of 
 the njcks, laden with all sorts of loot. 
 Amoni^' the Cape boys a few had sustained 
 slight injuries, but no deaths occurred. 
 There were no casualties amoni;' the white 
 men. 
 
 As soon as the attacking" force withdrew, 
 armed fatigue parties were sent in to bring 
 away as much grain as possible and destroy 
 the remainder. Nearly all tlie grain found 
 was in the husk, it being harvest-time, and 
 the reaping little more than commenced. 
 
 The rebels kept their promise to a certain 
 extent and sent down about twenty goats 
 and sheep from different parts before night 
 set in. 
 
 The laager remained where it was during 
 ni^ht. The followiuLi' morning a search 
 party was sent into the hill. On their 
 return they reported that the position was 
 deserted. This practically ended the attack 
 and the breaking up oi the rebels at 
 
T/fE CATTLE 33^ 
 
 Senda's. I was sorry the rebels still held 
 the cattle, but .\^^,,\^,X to let them keep then, 
 for the time bein.cr and push on to where the 
 ■services of the column would be of more 
 benefit to the public welfare. 
 
238 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 '; I 
 
 CHAPTER XVI 
 
 M'Tipi's men return to their homes — The enemy attack 
 them in a gorge — Um'Nyati's stronghold found 
 deserted — March to (iukiwayo — Destruction of kraals 
 en route — Narrow escape of column from grass lire — 
 Discovery of grain hidden in the bush — The remains of 
 the Cunningham family ar6 collected and buried. 
 
 A COUNCIL of war was now held to 
 decide upon the course to be fol- 
 lowed with M'Tipi's men. So far they had 
 proved themselves most valuable, and had 
 done excellent work, especially as scouts, 
 and the information they had brought in 
 had led to a s^reat success at Selemba's. 
 Their work in the Mapelabana pass was 
 also most beneficial to the welfare of the 
 column, and altogether they had shown 
 themselves to be a loyal and valiant lot 
 of natives. The amount of loot they had 
 collected, and the wish to keep it, made 
 them anxious to get home. This wish was 
 
M'KATPS RETl'RN 
 
 239 
 
 r attack 
 found 
 if kraals 
 ss fire — 
 mains of 
 uricd, 
 
 lelcl to 
 be Fol- 
 ey had 
 id had 
 scouts, 
 irht in 
 mba's. 
 s was 
 of the 
 shown 
 nt lot 
 y had 
 made 
 h was 
 
 hinted to me by Captain Brabant, and 
 confirmed by Lieutenant Posselt. I came 
 to the conclusion that it would be better 
 to part with them on good terms. I was 
 all the more anxious to do so because I 
 now contemplated a march through the 
 Lowf^r Inseza, Filabusi, and on to lUiluwayo, 
 and because the continued presence of three 
 hundred natives would have been a great 
 draw on our supply of provisions. I there- 
 fore sent for M'Kati and told him he was 
 at liberty to march back home or to come 
 on with the column. He decided to o-o 
 back, and Captain Hopper, with twenty 
 mounted men, went back with the native 
 contingent for a distance of about five 
 miles, until they were nearly through the 
 Mapelabana Mountains. The passage at 
 this point becoming somewhat difficult for 
 horses, and there being no signs of any 
 rebels about. Captain Hopper left them and 
 returned, destroying a few kraals on his 
 way back. Three of our white scouts 
 were sent on with M'Kati's men to (jfo 
 
 
240 
 
 THE MATABKLE REBELLION 
 
 fl r 
 
 as far as Is'Iknombo's, to try and get a 
 hundred of his boys to act as guides, herds, 
 &c. They returned on the i6th instant 
 without any, and reported that as M'Tipi's 
 fellows u'ot towards the end of the o-on>'e 
 (which they were about to enter when 
 Captain Hopper left them) they were set 
 upon by a large party of rebels, who 
 attacked them on the Hanks, After a 
 very severe encounter the rebels were 
 defeated with severe loss. M'Tipi's men 
 lost a few. Sergeant Wilson said M'Kati 
 behaved splendidly, and practically saved 
 his men by his coolness and bravery. He 
 was the last man to leave the pass, and 
 all his dead and wounded were borne off 
 the field. They saved all their cattle and 
 sheep. 
 
 M'Kati sent messengers to Is'Iknombo, 
 but was not satisfied with the answer he 
 received. Fie advised the white scouts 
 not to go near him, and sent an escort 
 back at night to guard them through the 
 pass. This was our last communication 
 
THE PATROL RETURNS 
 
 241 
 
 •> 
 erds, 
 
 istant 
 
 Tipi's 
 
 o-oro-e 
 
 when 
 
 re set 
 
 who 
 fter a 
 
 were 
 s men 
 M'Kati 
 
 saved 
 
 He 
 
 s, and 
 
 rnc off 
 
 Itle and 
 
 inombo, 
 Iwer he 
 scouts 
 escort 
 loh the 
 Inication 
 
 with M'Kati, who was certainly one of 
 the finest specimens of a Kaffir chief I 
 have ever come in contact with. 
 
 On the 1 5th inst. the column moved 
 northward towards Um'Nyati's stronghold, 
 and laagered up on the west bank of the 
 Nuanetsi river. 
 
 On the following morning two wagons 
 were sent back with an escort to Bolingwe, 
 to brino" on orain for the horses and mules. 
 
 Captain Hopper, with Captain Frankland 
 and thirty-six mo"nted men, were sent off 
 to try and find out Um'Nyati's strength. 
 The patnjl returned during the afternoon. 
 Captain Hopper disconsolately reported 
 that Um'Nyati, after fortifying his position, 
 had decamped, leaving nothing but empty 
 scherms, stone breastworks, and huts, all 
 of which were destroyed by the patrol. 
 
 Um'Nyati's spoor went in the direction 
 
 of Shambo, but as the column was now 
 
 to march by that route, I decided for the 
 
 present to leave him alone. 
 
 On the 17th despatches were sent off 
 
 i6 
 
242 
 
 THE MATAliELE KEliELLIOM 
 
 R' ? 
 
 
 iX 
 
 ' n 
 
 \ t 
 
 ^! 
 
 iftil 
 
 to the Administrator, detailing the work 
 done by the column. 
 
 As I had now no native contingent I 
 arranged to send off Captain Brabant, 
 alono" with Lieutenant H. Posselt and 
 Trooper Southey, to endeavour to raise 
 about five hundred of Chebi's boys and bring 
 them into the M'Patini district, for the 
 purpose of reaping the crops, and thereby 
 kee[)ing the rebels from benefiting by them. 
 
 Whilst waiting for the return of the 
 • 'Tain wa<»()ns from Beiini>we, the men 
 were exercised in skirmishing on horseback 
 and defence c^f the laa^"er. 
 
 On the afternoon of the 19th the wagons 
 returned with thirty-six bags of grain. This, 
 with what we expected to pick up on the 
 way, I reckoned would ration the horses 
 and mules until Buluwayc^ was reached. 
 
 On the morning of the 20th the column 
 marched from the west bank of the 
 NuanetsI along Cunningham's trading route, 
 in the direction of Shambo. The reason I 
 had for takinu' the trade route was because 
 
HIGI/ SPIRITS 
 
 243 
 
 he 
 
 le, 
 
 it led to all the principal kraals between 
 
 Belingwe and the Lower Inseza. The 
 
 horses and mules were fresh after the two 
 
 days' rest and good feeding on the 
 
 banks of the Nuanetsi. The weather was 
 
 simply delightful, it being now mid-winter. 
 
 The men were in high spirits and looked 
 
 forward eagerly to having a slap at the 
 
 arch-rebels in the Inseza. The country 
 
 we were passing over was open, undulating, 
 
 and well-watered. Um'Nyati's spoor weis 
 
 discovered by the scouts. He had only 
 
 gone a few miles in the direction of Shambo, 
 
 then turned sharp off to the northwards, 
 
 having evidently made for the bush-covered 
 
 hillside of the Dora Mountains, where 
 
 I thought it best to leave h-ni umnolested 
 
 for the time beini>", trusting'' to his natural 
 
 greed and love for cattle to Hnd him and 
 
 them at some more convenient tinie in 
 
 the near future. 
 
 I may here mcnition that up to the present 
 
 the dread rinderj)est had not taken hold of 
 
 the Helinirwe district. 
 
 1 1 
 
244 
 
 THE AfATABELE RE/iE/.IJON 
 
 n ? 
 
 
 \ ■ ; ' 
 
 
 f I 
 
 ;4-. t 
 
 J! I 
 
 We advanced by easy stages, doing about 
 fifteen miles per day. Everything in the 
 shape of Kaffir kraals, &c., en route were 
 destroyed, most of them being deserted on 
 our approach. 
 
 Nothing of any consequence happened 
 until we got to the westmost part of the 
 Shambo Mountains. There the presence of 
 a considerable body of natives was indicated 
 by sleeping scherms for about three hundred 
 men, and fresh spoor showed that they had 
 been in use but lately. Only one native, 
 however, w:'s seen, and he was far up the 
 slopes of the mountain, keeping perhaps a 
 close watch on our movements. The scouts 
 were lucky in capturing a few young cattle 
 and sheep here, which were rolling in fat. 
 We left Shambo behind on the afternoon of 
 the 2 1 St, and laagered about five miles 
 further on, on the Lower Inseza road. 
 
 All the spoor of cattle, &c., we came 
 across went westwards towards Godhlwayo, 
 from which, on the afternoon of the 22nd, 
 we could see a large and very dense column 
 
 ,;;|: { 
 
FIRE 
 
 245 
 
 me 
 
 iyo, 
 
 nd, 
 
 mill 
 
 of smoke ascendinj^. I was in hopes this 
 was the result of the work of one of the 
 Buluwaytj cokimns. If so, I conjectured 
 that our task woukl be made lighter, and 
 that we might have the L^ood fortune to drop 
 across an Impi retreating- over the tlal.,. 
 
 Towards evenin*'' on the 22nd kiaoer was 
 formed on a kirge grassy plain, a good fifteen 
 miles broad, lying between the Shambo and 
 Tandodzie ranges. The weather having 
 been particularly good for several weeks 
 made everything as dry as possible, and on 
 this particular afternoon the wind was strong 
 and from the east. Shortly after the laager 
 was formed and the cattle turned out to graze, 
 the quarter-guard sentries reported several 
 small columns of smoke about two or three 
 miles away to the windward. At the first 
 glance there did not seem to be anything 
 very particular about this, but as I watched 
 I noticed others springing up. It was at 
 once evident that the llats were being pre- 
 meditately set on fire for the purpose of 
 endeavouring, if possible, to destroy the 
 
IT 
 
 246 
 
 TIfK MATAIiliJ.li RK UK I. LI ON 
 
 1 1 . 
 
 I-. 
 
 column. It wiis (jiiite plain that there were 
 a threat many hands at the devil's work, for 
 what at first were only a few columns of 
 smoke soon increased into a dense black 
 clf)ud, nearly three miles long, advancinjj^ 
 rapidly, and i^rowini^' denser every second. 
 The sioht was very appalling, and frightened 
 me more than anything' I had ever seen 
 before. There was not a moment to be lost. 
 I'he grass all over the flats was at least 
 three feet high, and as dry as matchwood, 
 and the stiff breeze blowing was brinoinLT 
 the fire down on us at a great pace. 
 
 The bugles at once sounded the "Alarm " 
 and " Horses in." The men were equal to 
 the emergency, and rushed out to get 
 branches of trees, &c. A circle of fire, about 
 a hundred yards out from the laager, was 
 started, and kept in check on the inner side. 
 In less than a quarter of an hour a good 
 big band had been burnt round the laager. 
 This was accomplished not a moment too 
 soon, for a roaring mass of llames, about 
 three miles long, twenty yards broad, and 
 
 
FORWARD AGAIN 
 
 :47 
 
 )0 
 
 jut 
 id 
 
 thirty feet high, swept past our ])()sitioii, with 
 a noise like a river in flood. I lad the laager 
 been enveloped in that enormous llame not 
 a thing would have been saved. As this 
 lire-storm passed the faces of the men ex- 
 pressed their feelings beyond any doubt. 
 Every one knew we had had one of the 
 narrowest escapes possible. The horses and 
 mules in the laager were huddled up to- 
 gether, all (Quaking with terror. A sigh of 
 relief escaped from every one when the 
 danger passed us and rolled on, destroying 
 everything it came in contact with. Our 
 enemies had all but scored against us. Yet 
 luckily all the harm they did by their dia- 
 bolical attempt was to rob our p(jor cattle 
 of a good feed. 
 
 The column moved forward again on the 
 morning of the 23rd inst., antl as it was now 
 Hearing the Lower Inseza district, one of the 
 most populous and fertile in Matabeland, and 
 being the locality in which the first actual 
 signs of the rebellion were discovered, native 
 kraals became more numerous. The scouts 
 
!48 
 
 THE MATAIiEI.E REIiELI.ION 
 
 i. f 
 
 h 
 
 and the advance and llankin<4- parties had 
 lots of works to do, burning' and destroying 
 everything that was hkely to afford shelter 
 or be of the least service to the rebels. 
 There were a few signs of natives having 
 been about lately, and towards the end of 
 our second trek a large, well-beaten track 
 was crossed, along which it was quite evident 
 a great traffic had recently been carried on. 
 Several of the scouts were sent along this 
 path to try and discover the whereaboutr. of 
 any rebels that might have happened to be 
 close by, and one of our flanks (James Cook) 
 in following up a small footpath, which struck 
 him as being very new, found a large quantity 
 of grain, hidden away in the thickest part 
 of the bush, about a hundred yards to the 
 left of where the wagons of the column would 
 pass. This grain was all stored in grass 
 baii's, each of which contained about two 
 ordinary sacks full of grain. The bags were 
 all sealed with clay, and covered with flat 
 stones. This was a most welcome and 
 valuable discovery in more ways than one, 
 
 ii 
 
^^^minmmmm 
 
 A WELCOME D/SCOl'EA'V 
 
 249 
 
 because it not only enabled us to replenish 
 our stock of food for the horses and mules, 
 but it reduced the rebels' store to a very 
 considerable extent, and showed us very 
 plainly that they had still a line of communi- 
 cation open to Inseza, aloni; which we mij^ht 
 llnd similar stores of ^rain. After loadin^f 
 up our wai^ons with the L>rain the column 
 moved forward a^ain, and laagered up for 
 the ni<4"ht on the west bank of a n^ky spruit, 
 about one and a half miles east of Cunning- 
 ham's farmsteadint^'. Some of the scouts had 
 been forward as far as the latter and re- 
 ported its utter destruction, and also that 
 the remains of the familv were still un- 
 buried. 
 
 The scouts employed in followinii; up the 
 " grain track " (the name oiven to the lars^e 
 path discovered during the afternoon's 
 march) reported that they had seen a few 
 Kaffirs on the hills, watchini»" the movements 
 of the column, and that, at the sand drift 
 of the Inseza River, quite recently a large 
 quantity of cattle, goats, men, women, and 
 
 I 
 
 ii 
 
 i 
 
 
 i 
 
MHNMiiini 
 
 250 
 
 THE MATAUELE REBELLION 
 
 children had crossed over, going to the west- 
 ward — i.e.^ towards the Matopos. 
 
 The column nioved forward early on the 
 morning of the 24th, and laager was formed 
 up within a hundred yards of the ruins of 
 Cunningham's farmsteading. As soon as the 
 halt was ordered I went forward with several 
 officers to examine the ruins, and I may 
 safely say it has not been the lot of many to 
 behold a more niekuicholy. heartrending, and 
 revolting spectacle. 
 
 The Cunningham family consisted of an 
 aged father and mother, a son, and several 
 grown-up daughters. The son was a married 
 man, and his wife and children were with 
 him. The family party, so far as I could 
 irather from the men who knew them, con- 
 sisted of nine persons, all of whom had their 
 home at " Kildare," the name they had given 
 the faim. They were attacked about mid- 
 night on the night (T March 24th, and bru- 
 tally murdered by a band of rebels, who used 
 knobkerries, assegais, and battleaxes to do 
 their devil's work. The roofs of the various 
 
 '^ ■ .4, 
 
THE CUNNIIVGHA.\fS 
 
 SI 
 
 huts, in which the unfortunate family had 
 been sleeping-, had then been set on fire, and 
 to a certain extent had consumed the bodies. 
 It was impossible to distinguish any of them. 
 We could only judt^e by the size of the 
 bones whether they were those of an infant 
 or adult. It was evident that in one room 
 one woman and three children had perished 
 together — the children havino- evidently been 
 killed in the arms of their mother — for the 
 four heads and the bones of the finders of 
 four persons were all together in one little 
 heap. In two adjoining rooms the remains 
 of what were probably two men, v/^^re found 
 in one, and those of two women in another. 
 
 I was afterwards informed by a prisoner 
 that one of the young girls, aged about seven 
 years, escaped unhurt. In' some means un- 
 known, on the nii'ht of the mur»ders, and tiot 
 down to the banks of the Inseza River, which 
 ivas cibout five hundred yards away, and 
 lived there for a few diiys until discovered 
 by a party of Kaffir women, who had come 
 to reap the grain growing in Cunm'ngham's 
 
 
 I 1 : - 
 
 IIP 
 
iiH 
 
 I 
 
 252 
 
 T/fE MAI'AHELR REBEL!. ION 
 
 fields. These women cau^■ht the child, and 
 one of them, with a degree of cruelty that I 
 trust has seldom been equalled, held the poor 
 child's head on a large stone with one hand, 
 and with the other picked up another stone, 
 with which she, infernal fiend, smashed the 
 child's head to pulp. 
 
 The slight olance I had at Cunninoham's 
 was too much for me. I went back to the 
 laager very sad indeed, and asked the men 
 to go as soon as they had breakfasted and 
 gather the remains of all the bodies, and 
 place them in an iron box, so that they could 
 be buried. The men did not ,.^.1: for break- 
 fast, but set to at once, and, with the 
 assistance of Dr. Anderson, every particle of 
 human bone to be seen was picked up and 
 enclosed in a box. Captain Hopp^n read the 
 funeral service, the remains being interred 
 about 1 1 a.m., about fifty yards to the east of 
 the homestead. A large pile of 'tones was 
 raised over the grave, every man of the 
 column contributing his stone to the pile. 
 
 The Cunninghams were proverbial for 
 
THE C UNNINGHA MS 
 
 253 
 
 eak- 
 
 thc 
 e of 
 and 
 
 the 
 rrcd 
 
 lof 
 was 
 
 the 
 
 for 
 
 their kindness and hospitahty, and their 
 home had always offered a hearty welcome 
 to the wayfarer or stragolini^ prospector who 
 might have happened to be about after dark. 
 Many of the men of the column were inti- 
 mately acquainted with the family, and they 
 were very much affected. Captain TVank- 
 land had ben their guest about ten days 
 before they were murdered, and spoke in un- 
 measured terms of their kindness to him. 
 He had lost his way, but had the extreme 
 U'ood fortune to reach their homestCcd after 
 nightfall. A very slight glance at the faces 
 of the men around the grave, whilst the ser- 
 vice was beino' read, would have convinced 
 the most casual observer that mercy would 
 be the last thing the rebels might expect to 
 get from them. 
 
 Several watches and articles of adornment 
 were recovered from the ruins and [)laced in 
 a small box for the purpose of being con- 
 veyed to Huluwayo, and there handed over 
 to the authorities. 
 
 Durino- the afternoon I took out a stronir 
 
 1 
 1 il 
 
 •if-:* 
 
 !,*i 
 
 \ % 
 
g'riW i Tw 
 
 254 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 I f 
 
 mounted patrol and destroyed several kraals, 
 which were located in the hills to the south. 
 At one kraal a dead body was found, but it 
 was impossible to say whether it was that of 
 a white or black man. A bullet had passed 
 throuiih the skull. We were inclined, how- 
 ever, to think it was the body of a Kaffir, 
 who had met his death at CunninL{ham's or 
 somewhere close by. 
 
 After destroying- several large kraals, 
 every one of which had been deserted 
 some time, and all grain taken away, I 
 followed up the footpath we passed the 
 night before, until it crossed the Inseza 
 River. There was fresh spoor on it of 
 both Kaffirs and cattle, the latter probably 
 pack oxen used for carrying grain, <&c. 
 
 I hctd now become convinced that this 
 path was the one most in use between 
 this part of Inse/a and the Matopos, and 
 decided to f(.jllov/ it up as closely as pos- 
 sible with the column, in the hope of finding 
 more stores of grain and perhaps dropping" 
 across a foraging I m pi. 
 
 1 1 
 
COLUMN CROSS THE INSKZA 
 
 255 
 
 CHAPTER XVII 
 
 Captain Frankland and party encounter a small hodv of 
 rebels at Croft's store-A patrol .^oes to their 
 assistance-Grain is found and sheep and ^oats 
 captured-Thc enemy try to entrap the cohunn-A 
 brush with the enemy-The Umzingwani River and 
 Wier's store is reached. 
 
 "T"HE mornincr of the 25th the column 
 ^ crossed the Inseza River, and makinn- 
 a trek across the country to the westward, 
 about a mile to the north of the oraln path, 
 had not gone far before it struck the spoor 
 of a lar^re column which had preceded us. 
 I decided to follow this spoor until it 
 crossed the grain p^,th, and then to make 
 after the latter aoain. 
 
 Sir Frederick Frankland. who knew the 
 district we were in very well, was 
 anxious to take a small scouting party to 
 the south, about two miles, to ^-\\\i\ out 
 what had happened to Croft's store. I 
 
 
 I' 
 
fWW 
 
 R 
 
 m 
 
 r: I 
 
 256 
 
 r//E AfArA/iELE REnELLION 
 
 allowed him to take four of the best 
 mounted men, with instructions to under- 
 take no risks and to get back to the 
 c(jlumn as soon as possible. 
 
 We had to make a long march because 
 water was not very plentiful, and after 
 doing about seven miles the Buluwayo 
 Filabusi road was struck. The column 
 n(3W changed direction and marched along 
 that road to the south. Shortly after we 
 got on the road the scouts reported rebels 
 on the hii>h iJ^ranite hills in front and on the 
 right flank, but only in small parties. Not 
 long afterwards shots were heard in the 
 direction of Croft's store. It was evident 
 Frankland had come in contact with a 
 party of rebels. The firing increased 
 rapidly and I became rather anxious, 
 being afraid that perhaps Frankland's 
 party had been cut off, but as they were 
 well mounted there was every chance (jf 
 their getting back, even if they had to 
 make a detour. I could not send back to 
 their support without halting the column, 
 
FRA M<I.A A7>'S PA A' /' J ' 
 
 ^57 
 
 best 
 
 nder- 
 
 the 
 
 and .'IS it was tlicn niarchiiiL*- thmuuh thick 
 Ijush and no water liandy it was unde- 
 sirable to halt. The natives on the i^^ranite 
 hills to our ri^ht were numerous, l)ut did 
 not make any attempt to molest us, 
 although we ccjuld see plainly the)- were 
 all armed. At last water was reached, 
 at a place where a fairly good |)osition 
 was selected and laager formed, the Cos- 
 sack post sent out. and everything got 
 ready to repel an attack. The rebels on 
 the hills kept moving round to our right, 
 and shortly afterwards commenced to fire 
 at the sentries from lonsjish ran'>e, making" 
 fairly good shooting, but killing no one. 
 I now became most anxious about brank- 
 land and his party. An occasional shot 
 from his direction showed there was still 
 somethin*'' doin<»'. The column had marched 
 about ten miles during the morning, but in a 
 circular manner, and this had again brought 
 us to within about two miles of Croft's store. 
 Presently two of b'rankland's part)' rode in 
 and reported that they had come across a 
 
 ^7 
 
 KM 
 
!58 
 
 THE MATAliELE RE HELLION 
 
 small party of rebels on a little kopje, which 
 they pointed out. The rebels had taken to 
 the rocks, where Sir Frederick intended 
 keepino- them until a strong- party could be 
 sent on to collect the grain and cattle the 
 natives had stored there. I at once ordered 
 out a patrol of thirty men and a team of 
 mules to bring" back a cartload of grain, 
 there being a Scotch cart at Croft's store. 
 
 1 went off to assist F'rankland, leaving 
 Hopper in charge of the laager. I half 
 expected he would have had a fight before 
 I got back, but as the kopje was not far off, 
 if such had been the case we should have 
 heard the firing as soon as it commenced. 
 
 Our progress to the kopje was not inter 
 ru[)ted, and when we got there we found Sir 
 P'rederick and his two men all riyht. The 
 place was at once surrounded, but we could 
 not get at the Kaffirs, who had taken to the 
 cover formed by the disjointed rocks on the 
 highest part of the hill. We, however, got 
 at their main store of grain, which was a 
 large one, although of not much use to 
 
GOOD GRAIN 
 
 259 
 
 US, bcino' principally Poco, a small class 
 of Kaffir corn, rather like mustard-seed, 
 and very bad feeding- for horses and mules. 
 We did succeed in j^ettini;' a cartload of 
 good orain, and destroyed everything' else. 
 This position was entirely a depot for 
 storing provisions from the surrounding 
 districts, and had been garrisoned by about 
 three hundred rebels, whose sleeping and 
 defence scherms were still there. These we 
 destroyed, as well as the huts of three 
 large kraals,, all of which had been occupied 
 very lately. We also succeeded in cap- 
 turing about fifty sheep and goats before 
 makin<>" for the laager, which we reached 
 in safety. 
 
 Captain Hopper reported that he had sent 
 ix small party round the foot of the hills to 
 dislodoe the rebels, wh(j were firing- at the 
 sentries when the patrol rode off. He also 
 reported that he had had no trouble since 
 midday, as all the rebels had disappeared. 
 This fact, with the information we had got 
 from the Kaffirs in the caves at '* Freddie's 
 
 / 
 
!6o 
 
 THE MATAHRl.E RE HELLION 
 
 iii 
 
 kop," led me to believe that we were now 
 on the heels of a retreatini^' Impi, which 1 
 decided to follow up if possible. 
 
 Our laaij^er was formed within two hundred 
 yards of the j^rain path which still went 
 straii>ht for the Matopos. This the scouts 
 followed up for a mile or so, reporting' that 
 they could not get any further because the 
 rebels were in force on the hills beyond, and 
 that it would not be possible to follow the 
 path with the wagons, as it went in between 
 the granite hills, through a very narrow pass, 
 which was guarded by rebels. This was 
 getting much more interesting, and looked 
 like business, with every prospect of a brush 
 with the rebels. 
 
 The column moved on to the south the 
 following morning and halted about three 
 miles from the hills. The scouts were sent 
 away to the westward and to the south of 
 the hill for the purpose of finding out if it 
 \yas possible to get the column through in 
 that direction. They returned and reported 
 that the only impediment would be the 
 
THE PROGRESS OF THE COLUMN 261 
 
 thick bush, and that they had seen no 
 rebels. 
 
 I decidetl to try alonj^ the south ed^;c of 
 the hills and marched aj^ain at i p.m. in 
 double column of wagons, with a partv of 
 dismounted men carryinj^ axes to clear the 
 bush in front of each. We had not i^'one 
 more than two miles in this direction before 
 it became apparent that the movements (jf 
 the column were closely watched from the 
 hills. On the hill nearest to us, alon^" the 
 base of which we had to pass, many natives 
 could be seen on the sky-line. They were 
 much disturbed and soon disappeared over 
 a rise. Shortly after, some stray oxen, in 
 an excited state, were rounded up by the 
 scouts, who reported that others were beini^- 
 driven on in front. This accounted for the 
 commotion amon<'- the niiiiiers on the hill. 
 The progress of the column had been 
 retarded by the thick bush which, however, 
 now became more open and the country 
 more accessible as we got past the shoulder 
 of the first hill, which terminated in a deep 
 
 m 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 !.l 
 
 ^i" IIIIIU 
 ;!-' 1116 
 
 i, 
 
 40 
 
 IIM 
 
 2.2 
 2.0 
 
 .8 
 
 1 
 
 1.25 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 ^ ^ 6" — 
 
 
 
 ► 
 
 pB 
 
 ^ 
 
 e: 
 
 ^hf e. 
 
 VI 
 
 0%, ^s 
 
 /y. 
 
 o 
 
 7/M 
 
 /a 
 
 f 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. I "580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 ■^s^ 
 
 "^ 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 

 is 
 
 w- 
 
■M 
 
 ■ 
 
 if; 
 
 262 
 
 yu .. 
 
 l')V 
 
 ■ ii& 
 
 Is : I 
 
 I i'\ 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 gorge. On the other side of the gorge a 
 long, flat hill, composed of smooth granite 
 and covered with patches of dwarf scrub, 
 rose and trended away to the westward. 
 Behind this flat hill a high peak rose, on top 
 of which a large body of rebels were perched, 
 watching our progress, and perhaps from 
 their point of vantage were directing the 
 movements of others, who were not yet 
 discovered by us. After passing the gorge, 
 which had a thickly bushed entrance. Lieu- 
 tenant Beisly, who was in charge of the 
 main body of the rear-guard, sent in to say 
 that a small troop of cattle were being 
 driven across our line of march into the 
 gorge, and asking for permission to take a 
 few of his men to capture them. I sent him 
 instructions to do so, and halted the column 
 with the intention of waiting Beisly's return. 
 As soon as Beisly moved off a large body 
 of rebels showed up on the flank of the hill 
 which we had just passed, and made for the 
 sides of the o-onj^e as fast as they could. 
 The old game was being played witii us. 
 
HOPPER AND THE REBELS 
 
 263 
 
 The cattle were the hire. I at once sent 
 Captain Hopper off with one-half of the 
 Maxim Troop to assist Beisly, to capture the 
 cattle if possible, and guard against an 
 ambuscade. At the same time laager was 
 formed without outspanning the mules, and 
 the "Halt" and "Alert" sounded to put 
 the advance and flanking parties on their 
 guard. This had hardly been done before 
 a rattling volley of musk«-try was hred from 
 the gorge, followed immed;: • y afterwards 
 by several others. Hopper and the rebels 
 were engaged, at the same time, on the flat 
 hill on our right flank. The rebels now 
 commenced to show up, dodging from one 
 clump of bush to another, and in a sort of 
 general irregular advance. All this looked 
 like the commencement of a fight. The 
 " Retire " was sounded, the picquet lines 
 stretched between the wagons, and the 
 infantry and Cape boys extended round the 
 laager, at which the enemy were now 
 directing their fire. Captain Hopper's party 
 got back simultaneously with the advance 
 
264 
 
 THE MATAHELE REBELLION 
 
 It:. ■^!li 
 
 
 aff. 
 
 t 
 
 
 S-'i-; 
 
 i 
 
 
 P' 
 
 
 w 
 
 \ 
 
 ( 
 
 :-4, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'I 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 *« 
 
 ^1 
 
 
 f'l jf 
 
 i<^ i '!« 
 
 ■» -i 
 
 and flanking parties. Lieutenant Yonge 
 with A Troop mounted, was ordered to 
 advance in skirmishino; order a^fainst the 
 hill on our left flank. His instructions were 
 to engage the enemy and then gallop back 
 to laager, to draw the rebels on to it if 
 possible. This he tried three times, but the 
 enemy would not leave cover. He was then 
 ordered to make a stand a^rainst them at 
 about two hundred vards from the foot of 
 the hill. The Maxim was trained and 
 opened on the clump of bushes, wherever 
 the whereabouts of tl e ni^uers was dis- 
 cernible by the smoke from their rifles. 
 This had the desired effect, and very soon 
 cleared the slope of the hill immediately on 
 our flank, and gave the skirmishers some 
 good practice as the rebels retired from 
 cover to cover. Scouts were then sent out 
 to the front, left flank and rear, for the 
 purpose of ascertaining if the rebels had any 
 force in the bush surrounding our position, 
 but so far as we could learn they had not. 
 The march was atrain resumed, and for two 
 
. 
 
 HOPPER AND THE WOUNDED 265 
 
 hours a drcppincr fire Was kept up on us 
 from the hillside. This kept the rioht Hank 
 eng-aged all the time, but little damacre was 
 done by the rebels. Whether our fire had 
 done any damage it was impossible to say, 
 but it had kept the enemy at bay. The 
 party that Hopper encountered had lined 
 the bush at the entrance to the o-orge and 
 fired three volleys, which Hopper returned 
 and cleared the entrance. He at once g-ave 
 the order to retire, when he discovered he 
 was just at the entrance to a deadly trap. 
 
 Out of his party he had one man— W. 
 Potgeiter -wounded through the thigh, one 
 horse shot dead and three wounded. 
 
 I congratulated Hopper on the excellent 
 nianner in which he got his wounded and 
 dismounted men away from the conre 
 
 Towards dusk a fairly gt^od position was 
 selected to laager in for the night and a thick 
 thorn-bush scherm cut and set all round it. 
 The rebels still hung about (m the hill, ex- 
 changing an occasional shot or two with our 
 outposts. Needless to say the watch was 
 
i, 
 
 n:.. 
 
 
 
 266 
 
 T//E MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 it-fT 
 
 very much on the alert all night, but nothing 
 happened further than that one of the sentries 
 reported having seen three natives make a 
 detour round the laager. Morning came but 
 did not bring the expected attack. The 
 bush was carefully scouted in front, rear, and 
 left flank, but no signs of the enemy being 
 in any strength the column was moved 
 forward again. 
 
 Shortly after marching the rebels showed 
 up on the hill to our right, and the rear- 
 guard was engaged in a slight skirmish, but 
 this did not delay the march. Captain 
 Prankland went back and strengthened the 
 rear-guard with the Cape boys. The rebels 
 were only playing a harassing game, which 
 lasted nearly two hours. Then they took to 
 the hill on the right, and disappeared over 
 its crest to the northward. Thus ended our 
 experience in the "Glass valley." 
 
 Still cutting our way through thick bush, 
 the column continued its march until the 
 Umzingwani-Buluwayo road was reached, 
 about a mile south of Wier's store on the 
 
HALT 
 
 267 
 
 Umzingwani River, Here a halt was made. 
 We found the rebels had wrecked the store, 
 and killed everything they could lay their 
 hands on, in the shape of man and beast. 
 
 ftl 
 
268 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 m 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII 
 
 tr 
 
 M ' 
 
 Kcbcl Iiiipis still hovcriii}^ about — Column arrives close to 
 Huluwayo — The mythical Impi — Ik-lin^we Field Force 
 hospitality — Inspection of column by General Carrin^- 
 ton and Karl Cirev — The column is ordered to " Fig- 
 Tree Camp " aiul the Matopos — Arrival of several un- 
 attached volunteers — Attack on Matopos postponed — 
 Column ordered to advance on Inugu, 
 
 WR marched again at 2 p.m. taking" the 
 main road for Buluwayo. After 
 crossing the river we came upon the laager- 
 ing ground of a large column— "Spreckley's," 
 I believe. 
 
 The "grain track" was again crossed, still 
 keeping straight for the INIatopos. Along it, 
 probably the same day, had passed a large 
 party of men, women, and children, cattle 
 and sheep, all going towards the Matopos. 
 
 I did not think it advisable to follow up 
 the path any further. The retreating rebels, 
 if they wished to, would reach cover of the 
 
 Vrf 
 
still 
 
 ifAKlJKUrEjX liEACHED .^f^ 
 
 Matopo hills bef„re I could stop them, and if 
 they wanted to ^u the column they knew 
 where to find it. 
 
 The harassinj.- attack they ha<l made on the 
 column yesterday and this mornino- only 
 meant to retard it tmtil the women and 
 children were o„t out of the way. for as 
 soon as the rebels had accomplished this 
 they left us alone. 
 
 I was determined to make for Ruluwavo 
 as fast as possible. 
 
 On the evenint; of the 27th the Maku- 
 kupen drift, on the Umzingwani River, was 
 reached, and laa-jer formed on its south bank. 
 During the afternoon march, small parties of 
 the rebels had been observed on our tknks 
 but well out of range. I was told afterward.s 
 that there was an Impi on either flank of the 
 column with orders to attack if circumstances 
 were favourable. As the column which had 
 preceded us took the Makukupen road to Ijtilu- 
 wayo, I decided to march along an old pros- 
 pector's road which runs alonu the south bank 
 of the Unizingvvani River. This 1 thou.du 
 
»7o 
 
 THE MATAIiELE REBELLION 
 
 would orivc the column a chance of breakini^ 
 fresh oTcjiiiul until the Tuli ruacl was reached 
 and brino- it in closer touch with the Mato- 
 pos. All the kraals aloni;- this route were 
 deserted, and we destroyed all that came 
 within our line of march. Many fresh spoors 
 were observed, all leadino- to the Matopos, 
 and a few niu^^o^ers, presumably rebel scouts, 
 were still hoverinii^ about on the kopjes on 
 our Manks. 
 
 The Tuli road was struck in due course, 
 and the column passed over the northern 
 portion of the i^round, where Captain 
 Brand's Gwanda patrol had had a stiff 
 engagement some weeks previous. 
 
 The skeletons of his horse and several 
 mules, and a few bodies of what we took 
 to be rebels were lying about. I did not 
 then know that Brand had to leave his 
 dead, otherwise I would have caused a 
 closer examination of the remains to have 
 been made ; but as most of the bodies 
 were lying close up to the kopjes, where 
 it was most likely the rebels would attack 
 
 If-' 
 lis; 
 
nULl/lVAVO 
 
 271 
 
 akin.ijf 
 ached 
 Mato- 
 ; were 
 came 
 spoors 
 itopos, 
 scouts, 
 
 )jes on 
 
 course, 
 orthern 
 ;^aptain 
 a stiff 
 
 Iseveral 
 le took 
 id not 
 [ve his 
 ised a 
 have 
 bvodies 
 where 
 attack 
 
 from, and a i^ood way from where the 
 horse and mules were lyinj;-, I felt certain 
 the remains were those of rebels. 
 
 On the evening of the 29th the column 
 laagered at " Dawson's " store on the 
 Umzingwani, twenty-three miles south of 
 Buluwayo. All day the rebel scouts had 
 been oftener reported than on previous 
 days, but large bodies of them were not 
 observed. 
 
 On the evening of the 30th the column 
 laagered on a small spruit about four miles 
 south of Buluwayo, and on the morni.ig 
 of the 31st it moved up to within two 
 miles of the town. I rode in and reported 
 my arrival to General Carrington, who 
 received me very kindly, congratulated me 
 and the column for the work done, and 
 gave orders for the column to rest for a 
 few days. 
 
 During the afternoon the column moved 
 close to the "Eureka" mine, where good 
 water and grazing were plentiful, and laagered 
 up for a rest. Here we remained for the 
 
272 
 
 '/•///'; MATAHEI.h: NEnF.l.l.n^N 
 
 
 next ten days, iloini; a lot of small patrols, 
 mostly in the direction of Thabas Indiina, 
 where the spectre of a hu^e Ijnj)i always 
 hun<r round. 
 
 Although my men tried hard, b<Jth night 
 and day, to get a glimpse of it, the sight 
 was denied them, l)ut was reserved for 
 the vision of a few more favoured mortals 
 who never lost a chance of lettin^r the 
 whole country know when they had seen the 
 Impi on the warpath, and by their reports 
 succeeded in keeping the inhabitants of 
 the town in a nervous state of excitement, 
 and gave the men who had the work to 
 do a heap of extra marches, presumedly to 
 keep them from getting rusty. The men 
 of the column and myself were indeed 
 very glad when this mythical Impi took 
 up its quarters on the brickfields, which 
 were on the other side and much closer 
 to the town than ourselves. But with all 
 this the most of the men had time to go 
 to town on leave and stand a treneral treat 
 to many of their old comrades. The 
 
patrols, 
 
 Intluna, 
 
 always 
 
 h ni^ht 
 
 le sii^ht 
 
 ^^ed for 
 
 mortals 
 
 int( the 
 
 leen the 
 
 reports 
 
 lilts of 
 
 tement, 
 
 vork to 
 
 edly to 
 
 le men 
 
 indeed 
 
 ji took 
 
 which 
 
 closer 
 
 vith all 
 
 i to go 
 
 al treat 
 
 The 
 
 
1 
 
 1 
 
 
 r 
 
 1 
 
 t 1 
 
 1 
 
 'I . 
 
 V 
 
 t'i 
 
 In, I 
 
 J 
 I' 
 
 • 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 -aij 
 
 1 ,' 
 
 }ii 
 
 ^j<- 
 
 » 
 
 fl 
 
 ill 
 
 
 ■-T 
 
 L! f 
 
 |-' 
 
 ki 
 
 1 
 
 as 
 
 as 
 
 •iS 
 
 ai 
 'J 
 
 
. V»«*<«lWw*'*»^**.^^HMr-' .•(*c.-'.»i'.*i(.^. 
 
 •} f 
 
 Ui 
 
 O 
 
 HOSPITALITY 
 
 273 
 
 following account of that happy occasion 
 is taken from the Rhodesiau Weekly Revieio 
 of July I I, 1896 : — 
 
 "BELINGWE V. V. HOSPITALITY. 
 
 ■A 
 
 ■r. 
 
 ■A 
 < 
 
 A 
 
 O 
 
 < 
 
 a: 
 'A 
 
 y. 
 
 ■A 
 
 "It was a merry band of guests and hosts 
 that gathered round the festive al fresco 
 board of Captain Laing's famous little 
 force last Saturday night, in the light of 
 a oiu'antic hontire which reminded one of 
 the Eve of St. John in the north of 
 France. Speech and story followed in 
 quick succession while the ample fare was 
 being consumed by the light of an in- 
 geniously contrived chandelier made of 
 whisky cases. By the side of each guest 
 was his own individual candle, and great 
 was the fun at each man's effort to make 
 his candle last the longest. After the 
 Queen's health had been j)roposed and 
 received with patriotic cheers, Captain 
 Napier spoke in feeling terms of Bulu- 
 
 wayo's admiration of the Belingwe Field 
 
 18 
 
i I 
 
 274 
 
 THE MA TAB RLE REBELLION 
 
 Force and its gallant commander, while 
 Mr. Holloway spoke a few words in eulogy 
 of Captain Hopper and the merry men 
 who followed him to join Captain Laing. 
 The 4th of July, which date it happened 
 to be, was an excuse for drinkin^r to the 
 health of America, coupled with the name 
 of the genial 'Jumbo.' After dinner an ad- 
 journment was made to the silvan concert 
 hall, around the blazing Fire, and there, 
 under the sway of M.C. Donald Campbell, 
 a right pleasant little entertainment followed, 
 finishing up with the chairing of Captains 
 Hopper and Laing by their enthusiastic 
 followers, after the toasts of Mr. Rhodes 
 and Dr. Jameson had been cheered with 
 three times three. The guests at that 
 Saturday will long remember the hearty, 
 genial hospitality and good fellowship 
 tendered by the Belingwe Field Force." 
 
 In the morning the force was inspected 
 by General Carrington, who praised in no 
 measured terms the bravery of Captain 
 
EARL GREY 
 
 while 
 
 eulogy 
 y men 
 
 Laing. 
 ppened 
 
 to the 
 
 name 
 
 an ad- 
 
 :oncert 
 
 there, 
 npbell, 
 lowed, 
 Lptains 
 isiastic 
 Rhodes 
 I with 
 : that 
 learty, 
 (wship 
 :e." 
 
 3ected 
 in no 
 :iptain 
 
 ^75 
 
 Laing and his men, and his appreciation 
 , of their gallant conduct. 
 
 The column was also inspected by General 
 Carrington and Earl Grey, the Administrator, 
 b(nh of whom highly praised the force and 
 thanked them fur the work done. The 
 following account of diat event is also 
 taken from the R/iodcsian Weekly Review 
 of July I I, 1896 :— 
 
 " INSI'I-X'l'lON BY EARL (;REV. 
 
 "On Tuesday, ;th July, Earl Grey, the 
 Administrator of Rhodesia, inspected the 
 Belingwe Field Force at their laager. He 
 afterwards addressed the troops as follows :— 
 Captain Laing, officers, and men ol the 
 Belingwe Field Force, I am proud of the 
 opportunity which you have t(j-day given 
 me of thanking you on behalf of the 
 Government, whom I represent, for your 
 brave stand at Belingwe, and the services 
 you subsequently have rendered. When 
 in the greatest peril. Captain Laing and 
 his force refused to come in, and under 
 
mi 
 
 ii : 
 
 «; 
 
 P.iv ?, 
 
 : «■% 
 
 76 
 
 yy/A' MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 a Hag made by one of the j^arrison (Captain 
 Franklaiid designed the flag and Trooper 
 Huband made it) taught the enemy that 
 Britons still know how to fight. I am 
 told that many of you have shown quite 
 a talent for inventions and devices that 
 have added to the discomfort of our 
 enemies, and that, under Captain Laing, 
 you are prepared to give further proofs 
 of your bravery. This chance will be 
 given you as soon as General Carrington 
 can make the necessary arrangements for 
 your departure to the Matopos. I am 
 pleased to say a victory has been won at 
 Tabas I'Mamba by Cohjnel Plumer's column, 
 where some severe fighting has taken place. 
 A police force is in process of formation, 
 and patrols will be sent out from various 
 centres to scour the disaffected districts. 
 Again thanking you for the pleasure it 
 has given me to inspect you, I shall await 
 with confidence your return from the 
 Matopos, and the re-advent of peace and 
 prosperity to Matabeleland." 
 
 III 
 
.J-i \ 
 
 OFF TO FICr-TRFF CAMP 
 
 177 
 
 am 
 
 '^5' 
 
 and 
 
 On Sunday the 12th of July, at noon, an 
 orderly from the General rode into the 
 laager and handed me a note, which ordered 
 my column oft" to Fig-Tree Camp. 
 
 The column marched at 3 p.m.. passing 
 through Buluwayo and taking in provisions 
 there, then on again in the direction of 
 Matabele Wilson's farm. As it was impera- 
 tively necessary for us to get to Fig-Tree 
 "s soon as possible. I selected about seventy 
 of the best mounted men, three wagons for 
 provisions and ammunition, an ambulance 
 wagon with Dr. Anderson and a staft" of 
 hospital orderlies, and made a forced march 
 for Fig-Tree, which we reached the follow- 
 ing evening at 5 p.m. There we found 
 Mr. Fergusson, A.D.C. to General Carrino-- 
 ton, and two half troops of the new M.M.P., 
 the men of which had formerly been in 
 Giffords Horse and Grey's Scouts, and a 
 nice hardy serviceable lot they were. They 
 were now A and F Troops M.M.P., under 
 Lieutenants Chesney and Carney. 
 
 Having discovered that the Impi which 
 
278 
 
 THE M ATA B ELK REBELLION 
 
 fii 
 
 ! 11 
 
 :.^^. 
 
 was about to attack Fig-Tree and ravish the 
 district was composed of the same material 
 as the one whicli \\v\\\si about Thabas Induna 
 and the brickfields of Buluwayo, an arrange- 
 ment was made to remove the officer who 
 had discovered it to a place where his powers 
 of observation would be more appreciated 
 and free scope given to his faculties of imagi- 
 nation. A new man was put in his place, 
 and the police and my men moved on about 
 three miles east of Fig-Tree to a position 
 more favourable for our principal purpose, 
 and where Qood water and orazlnii^ were 
 procurable. 
 
 On the 14th of July I received orders 
 from the brigade office to take command 
 of the M.M.P., join my force with them, 
 and be ready to march at the shortest notice. 
 
 On the 1 5th I received instructions and 
 plan of attack for operations in the Matopos. 
 
 On the T/th a detachment of Infantry, 
 under Lieutenant Butters, and an artillery 
 detachment with seven-pounder and Norden- 
 felt, arrived, along with several volunteers 
 
 '1 ^"^ f 
 
STRENGTH OF THE WHITE FORCE 279 
 
 unattached, one of whom, Mr. Percy Hare, 
 had a letter of introduction to me from Cap- 
 tain Frankland. This young fellow, like 
 many others, had left England on the news 
 of the outbreak of the rebellion, and hurried 
 out to take part in subduing it. He and 
 mostly all of them were fully equipped at 
 their own expense, and were dying for a 
 fight. The strength of the white force now 
 mustered was — 
 
 Belingwe F. F. 70 Officers and men mounted 
 
 M.M.P. 
 
 50 
 
 Infantry 
 
 30 
 
 Artillery- 
 
 7 
 
 Hospital 
 
 5 
 
 Cape Boys 
 
 25 
 
 » 
 
 »> 
 
 » 
 
 dismounted 
 
 » 
 
 M 
 
 >» 
 
 Total 187 
 
 To be added to the above there was a 
 contingent of about twenty natives (friendlies) 
 under Lieutenant McDonald. 
 
 On the 1 8th I got a wire from head- 
 quarters saying that the attack planned to 
 
28o 
 
 THK M AT A BE I. K RE HE I. LI ON 
 
 kl. 
 
 take place on the morning of the 19th had 
 been postponed. 
 
 On the 19th I received despatches by- 
 rider, orderino- an adv^ance on Inuoii, with 
 orders to attack at daybreak on the 20th, 
 and turn rebel Impi out of their positions, 
 and then proceed to cut off the retreat of 
 the rebels from the Cheleli valley, and join 
 Colonel Plumer's column by that route, if 
 possible. 
 
 :•:.' 1! 
 
9th had 
 
 AfANC// TO INUGU 
 
 281 
 
 :hes by 
 ;u, with 
 e 20th, 
 )sitions, 
 reat of 
 nd join 
 )ute, if 
 
 CHAPTER XIX 
 
 Miuch to Imij^ii- Dispositions of forces— The battle of 
 Imi^u— A fresh attack— List of killerl and wounded— 
 The cohniin moves for the Chelcli valley— Advance of 
 a fresh Inipi. 
 
 T^HE column war marched forward at 
 J- 7 ^-ni-. and reached Chawncr's Camp 
 at 9 a.m., where it halted for an hour to 
 refresh men and horses. Marchinir on airain 
 it got close up to Inuou before noon, where 
 we laagered up. Scouting parties were sent 
 out, one under Lieutenant McDonald with 
 natives, and the other under Lieutenant 
 Fergusson, with Mr. Hare and a few men. 
 Both parties returned andVeported that there 
 were no signs of the enemy. The natives 
 brought back a little girl prisoner, but she 
 coukLgive no information further than that 
 the men were all away, she did not know 
 where. After some deliberation I decided 
 

 
 282 
 
 THE MA TAHELE REBELLION 
 
 |;; 
 
 
 
 Ijh, 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 ■ j 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 ii-;- 
 
 
 
 to move the laager forward under Inugu. 
 The class of country we had to advance 
 through now was most difficult and dan<rerous 
 for an attacking force. It verged into a 
 narrow valley, on both sides of which ran a 
 line of rugged hills, more like cairns of huge 
 boulders, rising from two hundred to five 
 hundred feet. The space between them 
 through which we had to pass being covered 
 with thick bush, which helped to render 
 the task more difficult for man and beast. 
 However, by dint of perseverance, a good 
 deal of whip-cracking, some language more 
 forcible than elegant, and a sharp look-out 
 to every quarter, the column was got through 
 the narrowest and most difficult part of 
 the ooroe before nitrhtfall, and laa^fered 
 with its right flank close up to the rocks at 
 the foot of Inugu, in a thickish bit of bush, 
 which screened the position from front and 
 half the rear, leaving an opening of about 
 two hundred yards from half rear round the 
 left flank and half the left front. The sentries 
 were posted, and the men laid down in 
 
A BET OF A ''SAX PENCE" 
 
 283 
 
 r Inugu. 
 advance 
 miLrerous 
 
 I into a 
 :h ran a 
 of hug-e 
 
 to five 
 
 II them 
 covered 
 
 render 
 beast, 
 a (rood 
 e more 
 )ok-out 
 b rough 
 
 irt of 
 igered 
 )cks at 
 
 bush, 
 
 t and 
 
 about 
 
 d the 
 
 ntries 
 
 ni in 
 
 skiimishing order all round the laager, about 
 twenty yards in front of the wagons, their 
 rifles ready. The native contingent was 
 laagered about 150 yards in front, close up 
 to the rocks and surrounded by a scherni. 
 Every precaution was taken to guard against 
 a surprise, and I believe every man present 
 expected an attack. According to the story 
 of our native guides we were just in the 
 position the rebels wanted us to get into, 
 it being their intention to cut off our retreat 
 and kill us off at their leisure. For myself I 
 felt certain that if there was any fight left in 
 the rebels, they would show it here, but to 
 make an absolute certainty of having an 
 attack I had a bet of a " saxpence " with Dr. 
 Anderson. It was always safe to bet with 
 the Doctor. He invariably lost. Yet he 
 was all the more ready to take the bet 
 because he had had little or nothinuf to do 
 except bandage veldt sores since we left 
 Buluwayo. I am, however, very sorry to 
 say that before twelve hours had elapsed 
 he had more than enough to do, but he was 
 
m ' 
 
 ifriiTl' 
 
 liii 
 
 284 
 
 T//E MATAHEl.E KEIiEI.LIOX 
 
 equal to the occasion, and did his duty most 
 thorouj^hly thnmi^houi ilic action, which 
 afterwards was acknowledi^ed and a):)prc- 
 ciated by all. 
 
 1 >urin»r the nii^ht I don't suppose I 
 slej)t more than half an hour ; there was a 
 ^ood deal of wind blowing, and the sky 
 slightly overcast. Occasional drifting clouds 
 shut out a view of the sky, but it was 
 never very dark. Several times the sen- 
 tries reported having seen natives fleeting 
 about on the rocks above our position, but 
 no alarm was given. About 4 a.m. the 
 men stood to arms, and as it was com- 
 mencino- to ^et li^ht the mess orderlies 
 were allowed to fall out and make coffee, 
 the fires being inside the line of skir- 
 mishers. The "Boot and Saddle" was 
 sounded at 5.30 a.m. By this time objects 
 were discernible at about a distance of 
 fifty yards. The last note had hardly left 
 the bugle when a rifle shot was fired from 
 our rear, and a bullet whistled harmlessly 
 over the laager. Immediately after the 
 
:Jf«*4-i4- 
 
 liity most 
 11, which 
 d appre- 
 
 ppose I 
 "e was a 
 
 the sky 
 
 ^ clouds 
 
 it was 
 
 :he sen- 
 
 tleetino- 
 ion, but 
 .m. the 
 s com- 
 rderlies 
 
 coffee, 
 f skir- 
 was 
 objects 
 ice of 
 lly left 
 1 from 
 ilessly 
 :r the 
 
 ''S7'AN/) TO AAW/S!" 
 
 285 
 
 shot came the battle-cry and yells that are 
 the inevitable accompaniment of a Matabele 
 chartj^e. ' I dropped the cup of coffee which 
 had just been handed to me by our mess 
 cook, and shoutin^- "Stand to arms," 
 rushed as quickly as I could to the rear 
 face of the laager. 1 found the men all 
 ready at kneeling position, and Sergeant 
 Money had his Nordenfelt ready for action. 
 All were anxiously watching the rapid 
 advance of a yelling mass of rebels who 
 were evidently vieing with each (jther to 
 get to the laager first, sending out deafen- 
 ing shouts to cheer themselves on and 
 frighten us, firing off their rifies as they 
 ran. To me the sight for a second was a 
 bit awe-inspiring. I called to the men to 
 keep steady, and not to fire on the picquet, 
 the men of whom were rushing towards 
 the laager on the left of the attacking: force, 
 discharging their riiles into the mass as 
 they came along, and doing their best to 
 alarm the laager and stop the rebel charge. 
 The order was given to commence firing, 
 
in 
 
 286 
 
 THE MATARELE REBELLION 
 
 %kt 
 
 \\ 
 
 I i! 
 
 and the first volley from the rear face put 
 a check on the rapid advance of the enemy, 
 and allowed our picquet to g^et in safely. 
 The rebels halted about forty yards from 
 the laager, sat down, and waited to be 
 strengthened from the rear, at the same 
 time pouring a hot and rather deadly fire 
 on the laager. The first two minutes of 
 this killed two men and wounded one close 
 to where I was. The brunt of the attack 
 fell upon the infantry troop under Lieutenant 
 Butters, and I) Troop under Lieutenant 
 Bell, which had been wheeled round half 
 left to facilitate their fire, as there was no 
 attack from the open ground on our left 
 (lank. All this time our men had been 
 keeping up a steady fire on the increasing- 
 mass of rebels, who now commenced to 
 show signs of charging again. This was 
 indicated by the peculiar "burring" sound 
 made by the Matabele befjre making a 
 rush. Sergeant Perry had run the seven- 
 pounder round and was loading with case 
 shot when the second charge took place. 
 
 r;..: 
 
m»^imm^time!- 
 
 ■ face put 
 e enemy, 
 n safely, 
 rds from 
 I to be 
 le same 
 adly fire 
 inutes of 
 •ne close 
 e attack 
 eutenant 
 SLi tenant 
 ind half 
 
 was no 
 our left 
 id been 
 :reasing 
 iced to 
 his was 
 sound 
 kinu- a 
 
 seven- 
 :h case 
 
 place. 
 
 BL'TTERS'S EXAMPLE 
 
 287 
 
 The rebels got up to within twenty yards 
 of our fighting line before they were 
 checked. Just at this moment a very un- 
 fortunate occurrence happened. One of 
 the men lost his head for the second, and 
 rising up, shouted, "Are we to get back 
 to the wagons } " He had hardly got the 
 words out of his mouth before he was 
 shot through the head. The men of the 
 fighting line, not knowing wh(j gave the 
 order, rose up and looked round. The 
 order was given to advance ten yards, lie 
 down as flat as possible, and keep up the 
 fire. 
 
 Lieutenant Butters set a brilliant example 
 to his men. He dashed forward the number 
 of paces mentioned, revolver in hand, 
 shouting to them, " Come on, boys, we will 
 soon dust them out of this." 
 
 At this pass I also noticed that the first 
 man to dash to the front was the young 
 volunteer Percy Hare. He rushed up to 
 within ten yards of the enemy, who were 
 wavering a little, and sat down on his knee 
 
i>| ! 
 
 li i I 
 
 li! 
 
 288 
 
 T//E MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 and commenced firing into them. The 
 men, as soon as they understood what was 
 wanted, dashed forward, and lying down 
 llat took up the fire. Simultaneously a 
 charge of case shot from the seven-pounder 
 was sent right into the teeth of the enemy. 
 This rather upset their j)lan of attack and 
 their equanimity, stopping their fire for a 
 few seconds. Hut again they commenced 
 to gather. A second and third shower of 
 case shot from the seven-pounder, the 
 steady grinding of the Nordenfelt, and a 
 shower of bullets from the rifles had the 
 desired effect. The attack from the rear 
 was broken. I'he rebels scattered and took 
 refuge in the bush and rocks on our right 
 flank. This at once broui^ht them on to 
 the fire of E Troop and the M.M.P., who 
 were on the left rear of the laager. 
 Lieutenant Carney had his men well in 
 hand, and poured in a steady fire, which 
 made the rebels seek shelter elsewhere. 
 
 A slight lull now took place, and I had 
 time to go round the laager and rearrange 
 
 li! 
 
 i*^ 
 
The 
 lat was 
 ■ down 
 )usly a 
 )o under 
 enemy, 
 ck and 
 I for a 
 menced 
 Dwer of 
 er, the 
 
 and a 
 lad the 
 le rear 
 id took 
 rii>ht 
 
 on to 
 
 , who 
 
 aa^er. 
 ivell in 
 
 which 
 
 re. 
 
 I had 
 
 r range 
 
 
 
 ■/: 
 ■r. 
 
 U 
 
 
II:!' 
 
 
 m 
 
 ni . ! 
 
ANOTHER ENGAGEMENT 289 
 
 details. I had very little to do in this 
 respect, as the troop officers had their men 
 m good order, and Lieutenant Fergusson, 
 A.D.C., had been about m every direction 
 rendenng very valuable assistance. 
 
 Time flies rapidly in a fight, but up to 
 the present I don't suppose we had been 
 over ten minutes engaged and the worst of 
 the battle was yet to come. 
 
 Whilst the attack on the rear had been 
 ^omg on the men on the front faces had 
 not been idle-in fact, the rebels had so 
 arranged that their heaviest attack should 
 be delivered from the front. The party 
 attacking from the rear were to make a great 
 noise to draw our attention in that particular 
 direction, whilst the main attack would rush 
 in on us from the front. This they did 
 attempt, but the fact of their first having to 
 deal with the native contingent somewhat 
 spoiled their plans, although the latter did 
 not make anything like a good stand. Still 
 they acted as a buffer, and by the time the 
 enemy had dealt with them Hopper had his 
 
 ^9 
 
;iiii 
 
 290 
 
 THE MATABELE RE BE U JON 
 
 Maxim trained and the men on the front 
 faces thoroughly in hand, and opened a 
 steady and destructive fire as soon as the 
 friendlies cleared the front. This they did 
 by rushing out in the open ground on our 
 left and lying down, afterwards gaining the 
 laager and packing themselves away under 
 the wagons in huddled masses. I never 
 hope again to see such an abject lot of 
 human beings. 
 
 The fight now developed into a rifle duel. 
 The rebels had taken cover in the rocks and 
 kept up a lively fire for an hour and a half 
 or two hours, doing a considerable amount 
 of damage to men and animals. Our men 
 returned the enemy's fire whenever they 
 could locate the position of a few to any 
 certainty on the rocks. Those in the imme- 
 diate vicinity of the laager were eventually 
 cleared, and Lieutenant McDonald, assisted 
 by Sergeant Wilson, Troopers Nauhaus and 
 M. Robertson, a volunteer attached, were 
 ordered to occupy them with the native con- 
 tingent. They had a great deal of trouble 
 
HH 
 
 /V 
 
 the front 
 opened a 
 )n as the 
 they did 
 id on our 
 lining the 
 /ay under 
 I never 
 ict lot of 
 
 rifle duel. 
 
 rocks and 
 
 ind a half 
 
 le amount 
 
 Our men 
 ever they 
 2w to any 
 the imme- 
 eventually 
 Id, assisted 
 uhaus and 
 :hed, were 
 native con- 
 
 of trouble 
 
 THE SE VEN.PO UNDER .^ , 
 
 in getting the friendlies to move from the 
 cover of the wagons where the thickness of 
 their numbers had made them a good target 
 ^or the rebels, causing them a heavy loss 
 At last I gave them the option of getting 
 into the rocks as ordered, or of being shot 
 by the Cape boys. This had the desired 
 ettect. They decided to choose the least 
 of two evils, and went for the rocks in 
 fairly good style. After they were once in 
 they did really good work, perhaps through 
 sheer desperation, but to my mind they we're 
 chiefly inspired by the gallant behaviour of 
 their white leaders. Their occupation of the 
 rebels' central position caused the latter to 
 shift about and expose themselves to the 
 rifle fire from the laager, and it now became 
 evident that the rebels had lost their vantaoe 
 The seven-pounder was employed in shellL 
 wherever a party of rebels were seen to 
 congregate. Sergeant Perry handled his 
 gun splendidly, and made some excellent 
 shooting. By about 8 a.m. the rebels had 
 virtually given up firing, and I gave the 
 
 ',ii- 
 
292 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 \n 
 
 order to inspan with the intention of movinjr 
 forward to the entrance to the Cheleli valley, 
 when Lieutenant McDonald reported the 
 rapid approach of a fresh Iinpi from the 
 left front. I sent him back with instruc- 
 tions to keep the position held by the native 
 contingent on the rocks, and had the Maxim 
 and seven-pounder trained on the edge of 
 the bush, through which the fresh Impi was 
 advancing. They soon made their appear- 
 ance, coming on in very good style. They 
 crouched clown on the edge of the bush with 
 their shields in front of them and com- 
 menced singing a war song as they waited 
 for their reserves to close up. They certainly 
 looked well, and we could enjoy the sight all 
 the better from knowing the game was now 
 in our hands. Their leader, a fat old 
 Cumulo, came up at last, and the war song 
 stopped as he commenced to interrogate the 
 rebels on the hill. Many of my men knew 
 what he said. The rebels on the hill 
 shouted to him that they had been very 
 badly beaten and did not want to fight 
 
 hii, 
 
aHsttiWrtii^ mi mtmmwmmmmmiiyimi 
 
 THE NFAV IMP I 
 
 293 
 
 movin<^ 
 [ valley, 
 ted the 
 (yni the 
 instruc- 
 le native 
 ; Maxim 
 edge of 
 Impi was 
 r appear- 
 e. They 
 bush with 
 md com- 
 ey waited 
 J certainly 
 sio-ht all 
 was now 
 fat old 
 war song 
 ogate the 
 -len knew 
 the hill 
 een very 
 t to fight 
 
 any more, and advised the chief to be 
 careful. A slight commotion could now 
 be noticed in the ranks of the new Impi. 
 I gave the order to open fire. The seven- 
 pounder sent a shrapnel right into their 
 centre, and Hopper stirred them up with 
 a shower of lead from the Maxim. The 
 new Impi burst and scattered in every 
 direction ; the greater part of them going 
 straight back. The remainder rushed to 
 take cover in the rocks, but finding them 
 occupied on top did not go very far. 
 They clustered on top of a large fiat stone 
 under a Marula-tree, making a beautiful 
 target for another shrapnel, which was 
 landed in by Sergeant Perry in a splendid 
 manner. This was evidently all they 
 wanted. They were now helpless, and 
 rushed for the fiats, exposing themselves to 
 the rifie fire of our white skirmishers. The 
 party that had fied backwards had now 
 massed under a tree about eight hundred 
 yards away. The top of the tree could just 
 be seen from the laager, and our directions 
 
ft'' 
 
 294 
 
 THE M ATA HE I. K RE HE I. LION 
 
 m 
 
 n 
 
 
 were *goX. from the leader of the native con- 
 tingent. They had a good view from the 
 hillside. The first shell burst rather high 
 and did not do much, if any, damage. 
 The next one burst about twenty yards 
 from the tree and sent the rebels flying 
 again. They never halted until they got on 
 to the bush-covered slopes of the hill about 
 a thousand yards away. Here the shells 
 found them, and they soon disappeared over 
 the ridge of the hill. 
 
 Thus ended the battle of Inugu, the 
 stiffest fight I have ever been in, and I 
 believe the only laager fight which occurred 
 during the rebellion. Our force was just 
 sufficiently weak to encourage the rebels to 
 attack it and sufficiently strong to beat them 
 off thoroughly. Throughout the engage- 
 ment all ranks behaved in a most excellent 
 manner and relieved me of a great deal of 
 anxiety, for I must confess that during the 
 first hour and a half I was at a loss to 
 know what the upshot was to be. When 
 the fioht was at its worst I had time to 
 
 I 
 
mmm*^.^r^i&xiimi^iimm$im»^mmfimir^^ 
 
 DOCTORS AT \]'ORK' 
 
 295 
 
 ive con- 
 rom the 
 ner hit;b 
 damage. 
 ty yards 
 
 ils flying 
 sy g'^t on 
 hill about 
 the shells 
 sared over 
 
 nugu, the 
 in, and I 
 occurred 
 was just 
 rebels to 
 beat them 
 e engage- 
 t excellent 
 :at deal of 
 during the 
 a loss to 
 ,e. When 
 lad time to 
 
 stand by the hospital wagon for a few 
 minutes and watch Dr. Anderson and his 
 assistants at work. At that time he had 
 over thirty dead and wounded lying in his 
 enclosure. The wounded white men bore 
 their sufferinofs manfullv, never utterin"" a 
 groan or showing the slightest signs of fear, 
 whilst the wounded friendlies were howling 
 in a most dismal and disheartening manner. 
 
 This was the first time I fully realised 
 the position and my own responsibility as 
 officer commanding, and I was glad that it 
 was not possible for the men in the fighting 
 line to see much of the hospital enclosure. 
 
 I watched with pleasure and satisfaction 
 the demeanour of the men brinirint";" in the 
 wounded, and was glad to observe that as 
 soon as they laid down a wounded comrade 
 they at once ran back to their respective 
 places in the fighting line, and took up the 
 firing without making a remark. Dr. Ander- 
 son seemed to be oblivious of everything, 
 except a devotion to his duty. He took the 
 men as they came ; bandaging them and 
 

 '- ] 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 
 296 
 
 77//f J//i TAnKLE RKHELLION 
 
 passinjr on to the next, with a few cheerint^ 
 words to each, lie certainly proved himself 
 the right man in the ri^ht place, and is 
 deservino- of all praise. 
 
 The flight at Shan^ani and Hembesi, 
 durino- the conipaiij^n of occupation in 1893, 
 were, in my opinion, mere flea-bites com- 
 pared with Inu<»"u. 
 
 The following is a list of the killed and 
 wounded : — 
 
 Killed 
 
 
 
 Corp. J. Hall .. 
 
 1} Troop 
 
 >> 
 
 • • • • • • 
 
 Trpr 
 
 P. Bennett 
 
 E Troop M.M.B. 
 
 »» 
 
 • • • • • • 
 
 M 
 
 W. H. Bush 
 
 )) J) 
 
 Severely 
 
 wounded 
 
 Serg. 
 
 C.H.Halkett 
 
 Maxim Troop 
 Belingwe F.F. 
 
 >» 
 
 » 
 
 )j 
 
 M. Eadie ... 
 
 FTroopM.M.P. 
 
 )j 
 
 >> 
 
 Trpr 
 
 1). Dick ... 
 
 Belingwe F.F. 
 
 >) 
 
 >> 
 
 
 T. Judge ... 
 
 >> >5 
 
 >i 
 
 » 
 
 
 J.R.Toulson 
 
 5) )» 
 
 )» 
 
 jj 
 
 
 C.O.Morgan 
 
 Died July 23rd 
 
 Slightly 
 
 wounded 
 
 
 A.M.Stewart 
 
 >) )> 
 
 >> 
 
 )) 
 
 
 C. Sell ... 
 
 M.M.P. 
 
 >> 
 
 >) 
 
 
 F. H. Miller 
 
 55 
 
 >j 
 
 j> 
 
 Coi-p 
 
 . (^ S. Roger 
 
 Belingwe F.F. 
 
 The native contingent had fifteen wounded 
 and twenty-seven killed and missing. 
 
 ^ \ 
 
iTTTPPf^^n^pipm 
 
 V 
 
 chccriiii'' 
 d himself 
 , and is 
 
 Beinbesi, 
 
 in 1893, 
 
 tes com- 
 
 illcd and 
 
 roop 
 oopM.M.P. 
 
 im Troop 
 :lingwe F.F, 
 oopM.M.P. 
 igwe F.F. 
 
 I >» 
 
 ) )» 
 
 I July 23rd 
 
 LP. 
 
 ngwe F.F. 
 
 wounded 
 
 THE KILLED AND WOUNDED 
 
 297 
 
 We al.so lost nine horses, which were 
 killed or died of their wounds, and had 
 two wounded, with three mules killed and 
 mree wounded. After the fresh Impi was 
 fairly routed the order was ^rjven to inspan, 
 and the column moved forward to try and 
 Ret to the entrance of Cheleli valley, which 
 our native ouides told us was only a short 
 way ahead now, and the way to it throuL,di 
 fairly easy country. The last part of their 
 information proved tolerably correct, but as 
 they were never able to point out an en- 
 trance to the valley 1 am certain they were 
 at fault as to its whereabouts. 
 
 The column advanced along a valley 
 running parallel with Cheleli, about half a 
 mile broad, banded on either side by a line 
 of rugged hills, and halted at 10 a.m. with 
 its left flank up against a rocky kopje, v\^here 
 the valley had narrowed down to about a 
 hundred yards wide. There was a little 
 water here, and it was decided to breakfast. 
 The friendlies were 
 
 posted 
 
 on the hills on 
 
 either side, and Cossack posts put out. 
 
r" 
 
 
 SI 
 
 298 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 1 
 
 ii 
 
 !i! 
 
 
 
 
 i'^ 
 
 V 
 
 i 
 
 
 f,;:i 
 
 M' 
 
 
 K 
 
 Laager had not been formed more than 
 half an hour when the friendHes and Cossacks 
 on the left flank reported the advance of 
 an Impi up Cheleli valley. This Impi came 
 on rapidly, and joined with part of the de- 
 feated one, which had followed the line of 
 hills Oil our left, picking up stragglers as 
 they went along, keeping the hills between 
 themselves and the column. When they 
 were joined by the new Impi they halted, 
 and after a short time both Impis moved off 
 rapidly in the direction of Umshamo. 
 
 The column moved forward again at 
 1 1 a.m., and laagered up about eight miles 
 further on, well past the centre of this part 
 of the Matopos. Our guides had failed to 
 point out an entrance to the valley, and as 
 the position we now occupied was a good one, 
 I decided to halt there for the night. From 
 the hills on our right a good view of the 
 country to the north could be obtained. 
 The scouts and native continorent were sent 
 on to watch for any movements of the 
 enemy. About 3 p.m. they reported a largf 
 
THE GRANITE RIDGES 
 
 299 
 
 re than 
 ossacks 
 iiice of 
 pi came 
 the de- 
 line of 
 ;Iers as 
 etween 
 n they 
 halted, 
 /ed off 
 
 body of rebels marchinj^- over the hills from 
 Cheleli valley towards Fynn's farm, and 
 shordy after another lot with cattle, women, 
 and children moving- in the same direction. 
 These I took to be rebels retreatin^r in front 
 of Colonel Plumer s attack. 
 
 They all crossed over and disappeared 
 behind the granite ridges, about three miles 
 to the north-west of our position, before 
 sundown. 
 
 am at 
 : miles 
 is part 
 iled to 
 md as 
 )d one, 
 
 From 
 of the 
 ained. 
 2 sent 
 f the 
 
 largf 
 
3op 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 CHAPTER XX 
 
 I > 
 
 [} ^: 
 
 p 
 
 
 i 
 
 k 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 ni 
 
 ' j 
 
 
 
 « 1 
 
 
 
 ; 
 
 
 
 • 1 
 
 ! 
 
 ' 
 
 m 
 
 ■ ■:» 
 
 ^1^ 
 
 jh 
 
 il'^ 
 
 Biiri;il of the dead — Dislnisl in the native guides — The 
 column counter-marches to Chawner's canip — Arrival 
 of Colonel Baden-Powell and two squadrons — Column 
 ordered to proceed to Belingwe with provisions — 
 Relief of t^arrison — Attack on Mazezetezc — Mondi's 
 position found deserted — Return of column to 
 Bclingwe. 
 
 AS soon as the laager was formed and 
 in a good state of defence, the bodies 
 of our comrades killed in action that morn- 
 ing, which were brought along on the 
 wagons, were interred in one grave, and a 
 large cairn of stones erected on the top of 
 it by the men of the column. 
 
 At 8 p.m. three star-shells were sent up to 
 indicate our position to the other column, but 
 they were not answered. 
 
 I spent an anxious night, and made certain 
 the rebels would attack again, unless they 
 had been routed all round. The men stood 
 to arms as usual before daybreak, but no 
 
CM A IVNER'S CAMP 
 
 301 
 
 cles— The 
 — Arrival 
 —Column 
 ^visions — 
 — Mondi's 
 olumn to 
 
 led and 
 2 bodies 
 
 morn- 
 on the 
 
 and a 
 ; top of 
 
 nt up to 
 |mn, but 
 
 certain 
 
 iss they 
 
 li stood 
 
 but no 
 
 rebels showed up. Shortly after it was light 
 enough to see well patrols and scouting 
 parties were sent out in all directions, each 
 returning to report that no rebels were to be 
 seen, or any signs of them. The guides 
 were again questioned as to the entrance of 
 Cheleli valley. They said that the entrance 
 was now only a short way ahead to our left. 
 The column moved forward again about one 
 and a half miles, when Lieutenant McDonald 
 rode in and reported that he had lost all 
 faith in the native guides, who, he said, were 
 leading us astray, either from fear or design. 
 I saw it was futile to go further under the 
 circumstances, and the condition of our 
 wounded men had to be considered. They 
 could not be got back too soon to a place 
 where they could rest and be well looked 
 after. I halted the column and called the 
 officers together, explained the situation, and 
 decided to return by the road we had come 
 in. The column counter-marched at once, 
 and shortly after sundown reached Chawner's 
 camp and laagered up for the night. 
 
302 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 Jr. V' 
 
 ill,!. 
 
 'ii W\ i! 
 
 From the time the rebels were observed 
 disappearing over the hill to the eastward, 
 on the afternoon of the 20th, we had only 
 seen two niggers, and they, just as we left 
 the Inugu gorge behind us, fired on a fora- 
 ging party and fled. As we passed over the 
 battlefield on our way back, many more 
 dead bodies of the enemy were seen lying 
 about. In all probability they were the 
 bodies of wounded men who had got out of 
 the rocks and endeavoured to reach a small 
 rivulet to drink. One wounded man had 
 hanged himself. 
 
 The friendly indunas were ordered to 
 count the enemy's dead as we returned, and 
 between them they reported having seen 
 ni.iety. I presume this was a fairly accurate 
 report. 
 
 We had scarcely been more than an hour 
 in laager at Chawner's camp, before the 
 sentries announced the approach of a large 
 body of men and horses from the direction of 
 Inugu, and presently a bugle sounded the 
 general salute. Shortly afterwards Colonel 
 
COL ONEL BA DEN-PO WELL 
 
 303 
 
 )served 
 stward, 
 id only 
 we left 
 a fora- 
 3ver the 
 ,y more 
 iw lying 
 /ere the 
 jt out of 
 1 a small 
 nian had 
 
 iered to 
 
 ■ned, and 
 
 nir seen 
 
 accurate 
 
 an hour 
 ;fore the 
 
 a large 
 
 ■ection o 
 
 f 
 
 ded the 
 Colonel 
 
 Baderr- Powell rode into laager and asked 
 who we were. He had been sent out with 
 two squadrons to look for my column, the 
 absence of which had somewhat 'disturbed 
 the peace at headquarters. He told us of all 
 that had taken place with Plumer's column, 
 and that after their fight they had gone back 
 to Usher's No. 2. This expkiined why our 
 signals had not been answered on the even- 
 ing of the 20th, and made me feel very 
 thankful that my column was clear of the 
 mountains. I had an idea that once in the 
 hills we were to stay there until the rebels 
 went out. 
 
 Colonel Baden- Powell took a few notes of 
 our engagement, and returned to head- 
 quarters at once, taking the two squadrons 
 with him. Before leaving he arranged to 
 send an ambulance wagon and doctors to 
 assist our wounded. 
 
 The followiuLT mornino" about i i a.m. the 
 ambulance wagon arrived under mounted 
 escort, along with Ur. Sutcliffe, who came 
 to assist Dr. Anderson with the wounded. 
 
304 
 
 THE MA TABELE REBELLION 
 
 './fi i, 
 
 
 
 After they had all been properly attended 
 to, the column marched on to Usher's 
 No. 2, arriving about 3 p.m. 
 
 I rode on a little in front as we neared 
 headquarters, and met Captain Beresford 
 with a squadron of horse coming to look for 
 us, and render any assistance that might be 
 required ; luckily none was required. 
 
 On arriving in camp I met General 
 Carrington, who congratulated the column 
 and me on our successful enoaoement. 
 
 The following day the column moved 
 towards Buluwayo, leaving the M.M.P., and 
 F Troop R.H.V. at headquarters. 
 
 Our instructions now were to take pro- 
 visions on to the garrison at Belingwe as 
 fast as possible. 
 
 On arrival at Buluwayo I met Captain 
 Frankland, who had, after fixing up our 
 depot at Matabele Wilson's farm, marched a 
 party of forty to join Plumer's column, and 
 was engaged in the attack on Babyaan's 
 stronghold. Frankland had been very busy 
 in Buluwayo, and with his usual push had 
 
V 
 
 attended 
 Usher's 
 
 e neared 
 Beresford 
 ) look for 
 miirht be 
 ;d. 
 
 General 
 e column 
 ment. 
 1 moved 
 VI. P., and 
 
 take pro- 
 ling we as 
 
 ; Captain 
 >• up our 
 narched a 
 lumn, and 
 Babyaan's 
 very busy 
 push had 
 
 AN/)/a.\S( )N A.Vn CAMPHELL 305 
 
 got all the wagons in good order and loaded 
 with provisions for Belingwe. A day's rest 
 was necessary to give us a chance of over- 
 hauhng everything, and the shoeing of the 
 
 horses seen to. Then we were ready to 
 
 start. 
 
 I was glad in a way and very sorry in 
 anotlier, to liave to part witli two of n,y best 
 officers, in Suryeon-Captain Anderson and 
 Lieutenant Donald Campbell. As a doctor 
 Anderson was perfect, and I don't believe a 
 better leader of Cape boys could have been 
 found than Donald Campbell proved him- 
 self to be. They were both pro.noted- 
 Ur. Anderson to the position of District- 
 Surgeon of Buluwayo, a.id Campbell to that 
 of ch.ef of the detective staff of Rhodesia. 
 
 On the morning of the 26th of July the 
 provision c.ivoy was ready, and the c.lumn 
 marched for lielingwe. We had instructions 
 from the brigade officer to laager up near 
 Thabas Induna and scout the vicinity as 
 another Impi had been reported hovering 
 about in that direction. " 
 
 20 
 
i! :* 
 
 iff? 
 
 HI' 
 
 Hi 
 
 (1 I 
 
 ." r i ' 
 
 n 
 
 
 ;o6 
 
 V'NE MATAliPJJl REHELIJON 
 
 On the 27th I signalled back to the 
 brigade office, "No signs of Impi," and 
 marched on, reaching " Denendeen " on the 
 the evening of the 28th, where I again com- 
 municated with the brigade office, twenty- 
 seven miles, by heliograph. On the evening 
 of the 29th the laager was formed on the 
 east bank of the Inseza River, fifty miles 
 from Buluwayo. 
 
 On the ^oth the column crossed the 
 Inseza hills and laagered on their eastern 
 flank. On our way through. Lieutenant 
 Campbell, who was in charge of our sig- 
 nalling staff, tried to get into communication 
 with Bembesi by heliograph, but failed, 
 owing, I believe, to a heavy haze. 
 
 Towards sundown on the evening" of the 
 30th two despatch-riders caught up the 
 column bearing despatches from the brigade 
 office with instructions to keep a sharp look- 
 out for any retreating rebels from the 
 Matopos. 
 
 On the 31st I sent seven wagons, with 
 an escort of infantry under Lieutenant 
 
-« JtiMMatKilEUbJMVi* 
 
 7Y^ HE I. INC, WE 
 
 307 
 
 to the 
 )i," and 
 " on the 
 ain com- 
 
 twenty- 
 i evening 
 d on the 
 iftv miles 
 
 3ssed the 
 ir eastern 
 Lieutenant 
 our sig- 
 nunication 
 ,ut failed, 
 
 |ing of the 
 It up the 
 le brigade 
 jharp look- 
 from the 
 
 rons. with 
 iLieutenant 
 
 Caldecott, to relieve Belingwe, and moved 
 the mounted men in the dusk, under a large 
 hill, where we would be fairly well hid, and 
 gain a good view of the surrounding country. 
 We laid there for two days scouting the 
 country in every direction, but the rebels 
 showed no signs of being anywhere about. 
 The whole country for miles round had been 
 burned by grass fires and there was no food 
 for the horses. I had therefore to move 
 forward again on the 2nd towards dusk, and 
 on the evening of the 3rd laagered up at 
 Posselt's farm, twelve miles from Belingwe, 
 and ninety-five from Buluwayo. Here the 
 grazing was excellent, with plenty of good 
 water. 
 
 I now made up my mind to leave the 
 column and ride on to Belingwe, with a small 
 escort, to see how matters were with the 
 garrison there. I started on the morning of 
 the 4th and found on arrival that Lieutenant 
 Caldecott had got his convoy safely through 
 and that the men of the garrison were all 
 right, and not in want of provisions as we 
 
3o8 
 
 TlfE MATAnEI.E RE HE I.I.I ON 
 
 'i ; 
 
 had been led to believe. All this was very 
 satisfactory. 
 
 On the 5th the s^arrison was relieved by 
 men from the field force. The relieved 
 garrison joined the field force the same 
 evening. 
 
 The following day all the farriers set to 
 work to overhaul the horses, and see to the 
 shoeing of them, and of the mules. 
 
 The column had a holiday which they 
 spent in a shooting competition, troop against 
 troop. The Staff put in the best shooting 
 team, and Sergeant Lawrence, of 13 Troop 
 made the highest score. 
 
 Captain James Stoddart, who had been in 
 command of the garrison at Belinofwe, re- 
 ported that all was (juiet in the district, 
 except at Wedza's, Mazezeteze's, and Mondi's, 
 where he believed the rebels held strong 
 positions. 
 
 I decided to march a force against Maze- 
 zeteze and Mondi, and on the morning of 
 the 7th, leaving Lieutenant Yonge with A 
 Troop in charge of our depot at Posselt's 
 
MAZEZE TE/.ICS HILL 
 
 was very 
 
 lieved by 
 
 relieved 
 
 the same 
 
 ers set to 
 see to the 
 
 ;s. 
 
 ^hich they 
 Dop agahist 
 pt shooting 
 f B Troop 
 
 lad been in 
 [Ungwe, re- 
 Ihe district, 
 nd Mondi's, 
 lield strong 
 
 ainst Maze- 
 
 Imorning of 
 
 ige with A 
 
 I at Posselt's 
 
 309 
 
 farm, marched a patrol of fifty mounted white 
 men, E Troop, Captain Stoddart's infantry, 
 and thirty Cape boys, towards Mazezeteze's. 
 After crossing the Umchingwe River, the 
 scouts were sent on to Mondi's, and to- 
 wards sundown the patrol laagered within 
 about two miles of the latter and about the 
 same distance from Mazezetezes. The 
 scouts reported that the rebels at Mondi 
 were in large numbers, but did not show 
 signs of any antagonism. They contented 
 themselves with watching the movements of 
 the scouts in an indifferent sort of manner. 
 
 On the mot-nin"' of the 8th the column 
 moved forward again and laagered close up 
 to the south end of Mazezetezes hill. About 
 7 a.m. the order was given to have break- 
 fast and prepare to storm the positic^n, a 
 granite hill about two miles long, a mile 
 broad, and in some parts five hundred feet 
 high. The top rocks were crooked, the 
 open fissures forming what are generally 
 known as caves, in which the rebels are 
 very expert in finding protection from any 
 
*1 ' 
 
 f : 
 
 ! , 
 
 
 J. J. 
 
 ml 
 
 310 
 
 T/Z/i AfArAnEIJC RE HE I. LION 
 
 i' 
 
 c'lttackincr force, usinjr all the natural advan- 
 tajres such positions afford for dealing a 
 blow in return. 
 
 Whilst the men were having breakfast, 
 the rebels showed up very boldly on t 
 most prominent parts of the hill and shouted 
 down to us all sorts of defiant abuse. 
 
 As E Troop, under Captain Stoddart, 
 had been pent up in Belingwe for over six 
 weeks, it was only natural that they were 
 anxious to have a brush with the enemy. I 
 sent Captain vStoddart and his men round 
 the south end of the mountain, with ins'"''uc- 
 tions to storm the kraals and driv he 
 rebels out of the position on that side. 
 Captain Frankland was sent off with a few 
 mounted meii to watch the operations and 
 send in reports as they proceeded. Lieu- 
 tenant Beisly was sent with B Troop mounted 
 half-way up and about five hundred yards 
 away from the east flank of the hill, to cut 
 off any rebels who might retreat to the bush- 
 covered slopes of the Bungwe hills, which 
 ran parallel to, and about three miles east 
 
 ■l . ! 
 
aclvan- 
 laling a 
 
 reakfast, 
 
 on ' 
 I shouted 
 
 Stoddart, 
 over six 
 hey were 
 ;nemy. ^ 
 icn round 
 :h ins^»-uc- 
 driv ^e 
 hat side, 
 ith a few 
 litions and 
 d. Lieu- 
 p mounted 
 red yards 
 [hill to cut 
 the bush- 
 ills, which 
 miles east 
 
 .V TO/) DA A' rs A D VA NCR 
 
 3>' 
 
 of, Mazezeteze's. Lieutenant Howe with 
 twenty Cape boys was sent to cut off the 
 retreat on the north end of the position. 
 
 As soon as \i Troop disappeared round the 
 southern end of the field, the seven-pounder 
 was sent out, and Serj^^eant Perry ^'om- 
 menced to shell the positions where the 
 most of the rebels were to be seen. The 
 shells soon made them take cover, and very 
 shortly after a sharp rattle of musketry 
 announced that P3 Troop was engaged. 
 This lasted for about a quarter of an hour 
 and then a large column of smoke rising 
 from the side of th ■ hill, on which H Troop 
 were at work, show d that the hrst kraal 
 had been taken and eu stroyed. This again 
 was followed by a few more clouds of smoke 
 and then the rebels could be seen retreating 
 toward the north end of their position 
 assisted on their way by an occasional shell 
 from the seven-pounder. Information was 
 sent round that the southern portion of the 
 hill had been cleared, and that Captain 
 Stoddart was advancing to attack the 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
312 
 
 THE MATABELK REBELLION 
 
 MA 
 
 
 
 f; t 
 
 |ii 
 
 Is* 
 
 
 northern portion, where the rebels had all 
 located themseK js and were compelled to 
 stay and fioht it out, seeing- that the base 
 of the hill was surrounded by a linj of Cape 
 boy skirmishers. The rattle of rifle fire 
 announced the attack of this portion of the 
 enemy's position, Shortly after midday 
 Captain Frankland rode in and reported that 
 the rebels had all been driven into the 
 northern end of the hill, and that without 
 the aid of the seven-pounder it would be 
 impossible to take them out of the posi- 
 tion. One man, Trooper Woest, had been 
 shot dead, and was still lying close up to 
 the caves. 
 
 The gun detachment were sent forward 
 at once, and Sergeant Perry shelled the 
 caves in rotation, until the rebels were 
 shifted from one to another of them, and 
 finally went to earth. Trooper Woest's 
 bodv was then recovered. 
 
 A linguist tried to get into conversation 
 with the rebels, offering them their lives 
 and liberty if they surrendered. After many 
 
lad all 
 lied to 
 le base 
 •f Cape 
 fie fire 
 \ of the 
 midday 
 •ted that 
 nto the 
 without 
 vould be 
 :he posi- 
 uid been 
 se up to 
 
 ; forward 
 iUed the 
 els were 
 lem, and 
 Woest's 
 
 iversation 
 
 leir lives 
 
 Ifter many 
 
 m 
 
 A XrOUNTKD PATROL 
 
 3J3 
 
 vain endeavours the attempt was i^iven up 
 as the rebels never replied. 
 
 It was now almost sundown and the troops 
 were ordered back to the laatrer — E Troop 
 very much fagged with their hard day's work. 
 
 The following morning Trooper Woest's 
 remains were interred about eight hundred 
 yards west of the south end of Mazezeteze's 
 mountains and a laroe cairn of stones erected 
 over his grave to mark the spot. 
 
 A light mounted patrol was sent round 
 the mountain to try and get in touch with 
 the rebels, but during the night the latter 
 had retreated towards the MTopoti Hills, 
 taking the women and children widi them. 
 
 The column then moved to the south-east, 
 in the direction of Mondi's position, which 
 was found deserted. The action against 
 Mazezeteze had shattered Alondi's faith. 
 He and his following had gone to Wedza's, 
 where I decid'^d to let them stay. All the 
 kraals here were destroyed and the column 
 moved to the Umchingwe River and laagered 
 for the niiiht on its north bank. 
 
THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 Tj 
 
 ii % 
 
 ife I; 
 
 The following" mornincr a drift was made 
 through the river-bed, by which the column 
 crossed, reaching Posselt's farm by midday. 
 Here Lieutenant Yonp-e had nothinof of 
 importance to report, as no rebels or any 
 signs of them had been seen by his patrols. 
 
 On the iith the column marched south- 
 east in the direction of Belingwe Peak. 
 Scouting parties were sent out to see if 
 Um'Nyati had returned. He had not, and 
 there were no fresh sic>ns of the rebels about. 
 
 On the afternoon of the 12th the column 
 laagered up at A. Little's camp, about five 
 miles south-west of Belingwe, where the 
 wagons were dismantled and the men put 
 on to repair them. 
 
 By the morning of the 19th the wagons 
 had been overhauled and the horses re-shod 
 and everything got ready for another march. 
 • While the men had been busy repairing 
 I took advantage of the halt, and with a 
 small patrol, which consisted of Captains 
 Hopper and Frankland, Mr. Percy Hare, 
 and a few mounted men, visited some of 
 
IN 
 
 was made 
 be column 
 y midday, 
 lothing of 
 ils or any 
 is patrols, 
 led south- 
 rwe Peak, 
 to see if 
 d not, and 
 ;bels about, 
 the column 
 about five 
 where the 
 e men put 
 
 A//N/NG CAMPS 
 
 l^l 
 
 the pnnapal fining camps in the district. 
 Stoddarts camp at the "Great BeMnowe " 
 had been looted and destroyed by fire, as 
 we as the can,ps at " Bobs Luck " and 
 Wanderers- Rest " „,ines. The dan,age 
 done to „,achi„ery alone at the " Bob s 
 Luck mine amounted to about /,,ooo. 
 Many of the s„,aller mining camps had not 
 been destroyed, and the claina pegs and 
 beacons were ail intact. No fresh spoor 
 of rebels was to be seen anywhere. 
 
 the wagons 
 rses re-shod 
 ither march. 
 sy repairing 
 and with a 
 of Captains 
 Percy Hare, 
 ed some of 
 
THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 CHAPTER XXI 
 
 Departure of column for Huluwayo — Attack on Tandod- 
 zic's position — Sudden disappearance of tlie reliels -• 
 Lieutenant Wilson, with convoy and despatches, joins 
 column at " Finj^er Kop" — Surrender of chiefs in 
 l}elin<4\ve district — Death and burial of Serj^eant 
 Perry— Arrival of column at Buluwayo — Address by 
 Earl (irey and disbandment of cohnnn. 
 
 ON the mornino- of the 19th the cohiniii 
 again moved in the direction of Buki- 
 wayo, but by a new route ; the intention 
 beinu' to maive a new road from BeHnirwe to 
 Inseza, throui^h the bush-covered flats close 
 to the Umchingwe River, and to make that 
 rivv^r, which is a most chfficult one to cross 
 with wagons, fordable, by opening out 
 several drifts at different points. By 
 doing this the rugged country to the 
 north, I took it, would be made more 
 easy of access from the main road, which 
 ran about five miles to the south. 
 
N 
 
 on Tanclod- 
 thc ichc'ls -• 
 
 latches, joins 
 of chiefs in 
 of Serj^eant 
 
 —Address by 
 
 1. 
 
 he column 
 n of Hulu- 
 i intention 
 lelingwe to 
 flats close 
 niake that 
 le to cross 
 snintx out 
 Dints. By 
 ry to the 
 nade more 
 oad, which 
 h. 
 
 Lieutenant Yonoe was left with a detach- 
 ment of mounted men and a Nordenfelt at 
 Posselt's farm, with the horses and mules 
 that were unfit for work. 
 
 On the 25th Tandodzie's stronghold was 
 to be attacked, but the first two shells 
 stopped all resistance. The rebels in sioht 
 (there were only about thirty of them) 
 took to their heels and disappeared in 
 the bush. 
 
 On the evening of the 26th the column 
 laagered on the open flats on the east bank 
 of the Shangantopi spruit, where we had again 
 to deal wuh a grass fire, which the rebels 
 had arranged for our annoyance. It was 
 not such a violent one as the first, but it 
 destroyed all the grass in the district. 
 
 On the 27th we laagered at "Finger 
 Kop," about five miles east of Inseza.'^to 
 wait for Lieutenant Wilson, (luartermaster 
 of the Belingwe garrison, v ho. with a small 
 convoy of wagons and eleven men. was, at 
 this point, expected with grain and provisions 
 for the column. 
 
Pf r l.:'J^l 
 
 318 
 
 r///: MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 
 - t: 
 
 -M- f ! 
 
 n 
 
 11/ ■'f«i 
 if ' 
 
 j;j! 
 
 liili i^ 
 
 . , .._Jf!li 
 
 I) U ■ ';: r 11 
 
 i 
 
 On the morning of the 28th Wilson 
 turned up and reported all quiet on the road 
 between Belingwe and Inseza. He brought 
 information from Lieutenant Caldecott, who 
 had been left in charge at Belingwe, and 
 Lieutenant Jackson, Acting Native Com- 
 missioner there, to the effect that six native 
 chiefs had come in to surrender. Jackson 
 was instructed to accept their surrender, and 
 send them back to their kraals, with orders 
 to keep their arms for the purpose of en- 
 abling them to help the white man against 
 the other rebels, if necessary, and to keep 
 the garrison at Ijclingwe posted as to the 
 movements, of any of the latter in the 
 district. 
 
 The chief;: said the action against Maze- 
 zeteze's had made them decide to surrender, 
 and that as many of our shells had done 
 great havoc in many of the caves, the natives 
 in the district were convinced that the white 
 man was more than able to beat them, and 
 now wished to make peace rather than be 
 killed. Wedza, they said, was still in his 
 
itete 
 
 A STRONG FRihVTrER 
 
 319 
 
 Wilson 
 the road 
 J brouy;bt 
 ;cott, who 
 owe, and 
 ive Corn- 
 six native 
 Jackson 
 ender, and 
 vitVi orders 
 )Ose of en- 
 lan against 
 ul to keep 
 as to the 
 er in the 
 
 linst Maze- 
 surrender, 
 had done 
 the natives 
 Lt the white 
 them, and 
 [er than be 
 still in his 
 
 cave, and Mondi's people were in one of the 
 adjoining hills, but as these two tribes were 
 at loggerheads over some cattle they would 
 in all probability fight with each other very 
 soon. 
 
 Um'Nyati had taken all his people into the 
 Mapelabana Mountains, did not wish to fight 
 any more, and was afraid the white men 
 would catch him. 
 
 Mr. Jackson had instructions to send 
 peaceful messages to all, and to try and 
 establish a feeling of confidence between 
 white and black in that district. 
 
 I thoucrht it best to allow Wedza and 
 Mondi's people to settle their own affair, 
 knowing full well that, with the other natives 
 in the district friendly, they would be quite 
 harmless. 
 
 I was aware that their position was strong 
 — the strongest in the country. Before the 
 rebellion broke out I had often been at 
 Wedza's, and knew it well ; but as their 
 followinir was a small one — Wedza's about 
 forty and Mondi's about fifty fighting men — I 
 
i|r;jf;; :.,^,.-,^..^„ - 
 
 320 
 
 THE MATABELE REnEI.I.ION 
 
 I til ,'• f 
 
 
 y f;- 
 
 ! 
 
 always believed they were just about so evenly 
 balanced as to keep each other in order. 
 They never did any harm in the district 
 after the column left, but owing, I believe, 
 to conHictini;' rumours and reports being 
 sent to headquarters, Colonel Baden- Powell 
 was sent against Wedza, with a force of 
 hussars, 6v:c., and the remainder of the 
 Belingwe P'ield Force. After two days' hard 
 work Wedza's stronghold was destroyed. 
 An account of the takinof of Wedza's was 
 forwarded to me by an officer of the 
 Belingwe Field Force who was present, but 
 as he had not seen so much of the fitJ'htiniJf 
 as Colonel Baden -Powell, who has so 
 thoroughly and brilliantly described the 
 whole affiur in his admirable work, I do not 
 think it necessary to publish my officer's 
 report. 
 
 The column moved forward again on the 
 29th, but before doing so we had a melan- 
 choly duty to perform. Sergeant Perry, who 
 was in charge of the gun detachment, had 
 contracted enteric fever, some two days 
 
DEA TH OF PEKR Y 
 
 32 f 
 
 SO evenly 
 in order, 
 e district 
 1 believe, 
 
 rts being 
 en- Powell 
 a force of 
 IX of the 
 clays' bard 
 destroyed, 
 edza's was 
 jer of tbe 
 present, but 
 he fighting 
 has so 
 cribed the 
 k, 1 do not 
 ny officer's 
 
 rain on the 
 Id a melan- 
 Perry, who 
 |:hment, had 
 two days 
 
 before, and unfortunately had succumbed to 
 it early in the morning. Perry was an 
 excellent soldier, and his goodness of cha- 
 racter in every respect had endeared him to 
 every one of the column. His sudden death 
 cast a gloom over all. His remains lie under 
 a Marula-tree, about i ']0 yards south of 
 " Finger Kop," and his grave, like all others 
 who had gone before him, was covered with 
 a laroe cairn of stones. 
 
 The column marched on after he was 
 buried, and laagered up at the ruins of 
 Cumming's store, in the Inseza hills. Here 
 we halted for the greater part of the day. 
 
 It was here that Colonel the Hon. Maurice 
 Gifford had his first fight after the rebellion 
 broke out, the marks of which were still 
 quite visible. As Gifford had to bury some 
 of his dead under fire, their graves were not 
 very well finished, but our men put them all 
 to rights ere we marched on again. 
 
 On the 13th we crossed the Inseza range 
 
 of hills and laagered at the foot of the 
 
 western slope. Whilst here Captain J. Warrick 
 
 21 
 
322 
 
 THE MATAIiELE REBELLION 
 
 ■|' V 
 
 fill 
 
 ii i' : 
 
 came up with a detachment of poHce from 
 Bukiwayo, with orders to establish a post at 
 Rixon's farm, on the Ir.seza. Warrick tokl 
 me all about the peace negotiations going on 
 between Mr. Rhodes and the rebels in the 
 Matopos. This was pleasant information, 
 and on hearing" it I determined to march the 
 column straight for Huluwayo. 
 
 On the ist of September I left the column 
 in charge of Captain Hopper, about sixteen 
 miles from Buluwayo, and rode on to report 
 myself, taking a small mounted escort with me. 
 
 Captain Hopper brought the column in 
 slowly and laagered on our old camp ground 
 two days later. 
 
 On arriving at Buluwayo I reported myself 
 to the General and Administrator. 
 
 They were both glad to hear of the 
 column's safe arrival and that the natives in 
 the Belingwe district were suing for peace. 
 
 Before the column got in arrangements 
 were made for disbanding a portion of the 
 officers and men. Captain Hopper was 
 ordered back to the Inseza district to try and 
 
 17 
 
GENERAL CARKINC, TON'S ORDERS 
 
 323 
 
 :e from 
 post at 
 •ick toUl 
 roing on 
 s in the 
 )rmatioii, 
 larch the 
 
 le column 
 at sixteen 
 
 to report 
 rt with me. 
 :olumn in 
 
 np ground 
 
 ted myself 
 
 ir of the 
 natives in 
 hr peace, 
 [angements 
 
 lion of the 
 lopper was 
 to try and 
 
 brinij' some of the rebels who were lurkin<>" 
 about there to reason, but he had all his 
 march for nothing, as no rebels were to be 
 found. 
 
 After Captain Hopper marched for Inseza 
 I applied to the G. (). C. for permission to 
 resign and take up the duties of my com- 
 pany, the work of which was very much in 
 arrear in every department. 
 
 General Carrinoton was most kind and 
 considerate under the circumstances, and on 
 my promising to look after the affairs of the 
 column when it came to be disbanded, he 
 told me that he would accede to my request, 
 and forthwith the followint'- General Orders 
 were published : — 
 
 "Extracts from General Orders by Major 
 General Sir Frederick Carrington, K.C.M.G., 
 commanding forces. Headquarters' Office 
 Buluwayo, September 7th : 
 
 " 3. A portion of Captain Laing's Be- 
 lingwe Field Force will be disbanded from 
 the 7th inst. 
 
324 
 
 THE MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 V! I 
 
 .'1 
 
 M i! 
 
 hi' ■ i 
 
 'm 
 
 m 
 
 r 
 
 " 4. Captain Lainij^ retires from his com- 
 mand and is j^iven the rank of honorary 
 Major. The General Officer commandini 
 wishes to place on record his hi^h apprecia- 
 tion of the excellent services rendered by 
 this officer during the late operations." 
 
 " Extract from General Orders. i8th Sep- 
 tember : 
 
 "I. The following officers of the I^elingwe 
 Field Force resign their appointments from 
 the 7th inst. inclusive : Captain James Stod- 
 dart, Lieutenant A. J. Wilson, Lieutenant 
 Malcolm McCallum." 
 
 Captain Hopper's patrol got back from 
 Belinpwe and Inseza districts on the evenin<> 
 of September 29th, and orders were issued 
 for the disbanding of the column next 
 day. 
 
 About 1 1 a.m. on the 30th of September 
 all that remained of the Hf^in* I' i 
 
 Force, except the detach mc >v ng 
 
 marched into Buluwayo and p.iradef in front 
 of the Administrator, Earl Grey, who re- 
 
F.A RI. i '.RE 1 ".V A DDR ESS 
 
 325 
 
 lis com- 
 lononiry 
 
 iipprccla- 
 dercd by 
 ons. 
 1 8th Sep- 
 
 : BeUn^^we 
 lents from 
 imcH Stod- 
 Lieutenant 
 
 back from 
 the evening 
 ^ere issued 
 Ikimn next 
 
 Septemhrr 
 
 ng . 
 Ide' m front 
 .y, who re- 
 
 ceived them most cordially, and addressed 
 them on behalf of the Chartered Company 
 
 in the following" words 
 
 " Major Laino', Ca[)tjiin Hopper, Captain 
 Franklancl, Officers, Non - commissi(jned 
 Officers, and men of the Helin^we I'ield 
 Force, this is the second time 1 have had the 
 pleasure of addressino- you, and thanking- 
 you on behalf of the Company which I 
 represent, for the j^allant conduct you have 
 displayed in the field on all occasions durini,^ 
 the rebellion. I stand by what I have 
 already said to you, men, when I first had 
 the pleasure of meeting you, when you 
 passed through here on your way to the 
 Matopo Mountains; that if every district had 
 stuck together and defied the rebels as you 
 did, the rebellion would nc\er ha\ c reached 
 the dimensions it did. You are being dis- 
 banded, and to me this is a sure sign that 
 the rebellion is at an ii\\(\ ; the force of this 
 fact is brought home forcibly to me, when I 
 see your old commanding officer, standing 
 
I li a" ij.ni 
 
 ":l 
 
 i I 
 
 1 ! 
 
 ( ■ 
 
 if 
 
 326 
 
 7^//^ MATABELE REBELLION 
 
 here without his uniform, and you can retire 
 proudly on laurels that have been bravely 
 won. You have made your district of Be- 
 lingwe famous, and the white men respected 
 by natives in every part of it. You will now 
 adjourn with me to the Chartered Hotel 
 where we will drink to the future prosperity 
 of Rhodesia and success to its inhabitants in 
 years to come. But before doini^ so I will 
 read to you the General Order for disbanding 
 you. 
 
 |: I 
 
 Miii'^ii 
 
 *' ' BULUWAVO, 
 
 " * September 30, 1 896. 
 " ' The (jeneral Officer commandino-, in 
 disbandiiio" the Belingwe Field Force to-day, 
 wishes to convey to Major Laino-, Captain 
 Hopper, and the remaining v)fficers. non-com- 
 missioned officers, and troopers of the force, 
 his hioh a[)preciation of the service they 
 have rendered during the rebellion, of the 
 gallant conduct they have on so nicUiy occa- 
 sions shown on the field, especially in the 
 action at Inugu Mountain, on the 20th July, 
 
 \\ y 
 
V 
 
 :an retire 
 1 bravely 
 ct of Be- 
 respected 
 I will now 
 ■ed Hotel 
 prosperity 
 Lbitants in 
 so I will 
 iisbanding 
 
 VAVO, 
 
 X 1896. 
 binding", in 
 rce to-day, 
 r. Captain 
 . non-com- 
 
 the f(3rce, 
 rvice they 
 on, of the 
 [Vc\ny occa- 
 ally In the 
 
 20th July, 
 
 CONCLUSION 
 
 -i of ,he h,-,h sense of du.v which Z 
 ^- ^ co„sp,cuous Hn.>„. .„ ,„„, ^, 
 out the campai^o-n. ^ 
 
 " ' By Order. 
 
 {^i^nit^X) C. II VvvvAN, 
 Captam. 
 • ^"■^'"^'•= Major, Staff Officer in chief" 
 
 Earl Grey then called for three cheers for 
 the Be n,we Field Force-a call which w.s 
 -ponded to heartily by the bystand rs 
 
 ':^v'''"'r "'""""■"''-' ^-h-ed toi: 
 
 the Corps disband 
 
 one":; ?; ''"' ''''"'' ' - ■•-"^-c. to 
 
 aft'wards. '" '''"'''''' ''-'" ^^ - 
 
 As soon as the men had had some hVbt 
 refresh„,e„t they handed in all their en .fip 
 
 ment,and weredismissed;and thus ate , 
 fon but brilliant career, the Belin^e ^ , 
 I-orce became a thin, of the past. 
 
I I Jl 
 
 n-i]-^-i 
 
 -t-, •_; ^ — /^" eO-**t**v^ff 
 
 VNWI.V BROTHERS, rRI.NTEKS, WOKIXG AND LONDON. 
 
Lt ^x^ 
 
 ^^ ''^^u^€4m ., >y 
 
 ^*tU4t>^ 
 
 LONDON.